Sei sulla pagina 1di 460

Nordson Corporation

Adhesives and Sealants


Equipment Guide
2012-2013

NORDSON CORPORATION  DULUTH, GEORGIA  USA


www.nordson.com
Nordson Corporation welcomes requests for information, comments, and inquiries about its products. General information
about Nordson can be found on the Internet using the following address: http://www.nordson.com.

Address all correspondence to:

Nordson Corporation
Attn: Customer Service
11475 Lakefield Drive
Duluth, GA 30097

Notice

This is a Nordson Corporation publication which is protected by copyright. Original copyright date 2011.
No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written
consent of Nordson Corporation. The information contained in this publication is subject to change without notice.

Trademarks

AccuJet, AeroCharge, Apogee, AquaGuard, Asymtek, Automove, Baitgun, Blue Box, Bowtie, CanWorks, Century, CF, CleanSleeve, CleanSpray, ColorMax,
Color-on-Demand, Control Coat, Coolwave, Cross-Cut, cScan+, Dage, Dispensejet, DispenseMate, DuraBlue, DuraDrum, Durafiber, DuraPail, Dura-
Screen, Durasystem, Easy Coat, Easymove Plus, Ecodry, Econo-Coat, e.DOT, EFD, Emerald, Encore, ESP, e stylized, ETI - stylized, Excel 2000, Fibrijet,
Fillmaster, FlexiCoat, Flex-O-Coat, Flow Sentry, Fluidmove, FoamMelt, FoamMix, Fulfill, GreenUV, HDLV, Heli-flow, Horizon, Hot Shot, iControl, iDry, iFlow,
Isocoil, Isocore, Iso-Flo, iTRAX, Kinetix, LEAN CELL, Little Squirt, LogiComm, Magnastatic, March, Maverick, MEG, Meltex, Microcoat, Micromark,
Micromedics, MicroSet, Millennium, Mini Squirt, Mountaingate, Nordson, Optimum, Package of Values, Pattern View, PermaFlo, PicoDot, Porous Coat,
PowderGrid, Powderware, Precisecoat, PRIMARC, Printplus, Prism, ProBlue, Prodigy, Pro-Flo, ProLink, Pro-Meter, Pro-Stream, RBX, Rhino, Saturn,
Saturn with rings, Scoreguard, Seal Sentry, Select Charge, Select Coat, Select Cure, Signature, Slautterback, Smart-Coat, Solder Plus, Spectrum,
Speed-Coat, SureBead, Sure Coat, Sure-Max, Sure Wrap, Tracking Plus, TRAK, Trends, Tribomatic, TrueBlue, TrueCoat, Ultra, UpTime, u-TAH, Vantage,
VersaBlue, Versa-Coat, VersaDrum, VersaPail, Versa-Screen, Versa-Spray, Watermark, and When you expect more.
are registered trademarks of Nordson Corporation.

Accubar, Active Nozzle, Advanced Plasma Systems, AeroDeck, AeroWash, AltaBlue, AltaSlot, Alta Spray, Artiste, ATS, Auto-Flo, AutoScan, Axiom,
Best Choice, Blue Series, Bravura, CanPro, Champion, Check Mate, ClassicBlue, Classic IX, Clean Coat, Cobalt, Controlled Fiberization, Control Weave,
ContourCoat, CPX, cSelect, Cyclo-Kinetic, DispensLink, Dry Cure, DuraBraid, DuraCoat, DuraPUR, Easy Clean, EasyOn, EasyPW, Eclipse, e.dot+,
E-Nordson, Equalizer, Equi=Bead, FillEasy, Fill Sentry, Flow Coat, Fluxplus, Get Green With Blue, G-Net, G-Site, IntelliJet, iON, Iso-Flex, iTrend,
Lacquer Cure, Maxima, Mesa, MicroFin, MicroMax, Mikros, MiniBlue, MiniEdge, Minimeter, Multifill, MultiScan, Myritex, Nano, NexJet, OmniScan, OptiMix,
OptiStroke, Partnership+Plus, PatternJet, PatternPro, PCI, Pinnacle, Plasmod, Powder Pilot, Powder Port, Powercure, Process Sentry, Pulse Spray,
PURBlue, PURJet, Ready Coat, RediCoat, Royal Blue, Select Series, Sensomatic, Shaftshield, SheetAire, Smart, Smartfil, SolidBlue, Spectral, SpeedKing,
Spray Works, Summit, SureFoam, Sure Mix, SureSeal, Swirl Coat, TAH, ThruWave, Trade Plus, Trilogy, Ultra FoamMix, UltraMax, Ultrasaver, Ultrasmart,
Universal, ValueMate, Versa, Vista, Web Cure, YESTECH, and 2 Rings (Design) are trademarks of Nordson Corporation.

Amphenol is a registered trademark of Amphenol Corporation


Nomex is a registered trademarks of E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company.
Microsoft and Windows is a registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
ChemCoat is a registered trademark of Impreglon GmbH.
Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens. AG.

Designations and trademarks stated in this document may be brands that, when used by third parties for their own purposes,
could lead to violation of the owners' rights.
Purpose Sales and Service Locations
Contact a Nordson representative for more
information on special and non‐standard engineered
products, service parts, engineering and technical
Using the Guide illustrations, price and delivery:

The Adhesives and Sealants Equipment Guide is a United States


quick‐reference document that supports new Duluth, Georgia
equipment sales and purchasing decisions for Telephone: (800) 683‐2314
mainstream packaging and product assembly Order Entry: (888) NORDSON
applications. (770) 497‐3700
Facsimile: (866) 667-3329
(866) NORDFAX
This information provides basic equipment
capabilities and complements Nordson product Canada
support materials such as user manuals, training Markham, Ontario
manuals, sales aids and product literature. Telephone: (905) 475‐6730
Facsimile: (905) 475‐8821

Europe
Lüneburg, Germany
Value‐Added Customer Service Telephone: (49) 4131‐894‐0
Facsimile: (49) 4131‐894‐149
At Nordson the best solutions begin with service,
and Nordson provides unparalleled service to its Japan
customer before, during and after the sale. Tokyo, Japan
Telephone: (81) 3‐5762‐2700
 Nordson maintains an extensive network of Facsimile: (81) 3‐5762‐2701
regional offices, direct operations, select
distributors and joint ventures to provide local Asia/Australia/Latin America
support, service and training. Duluth, Georgia
Telephone: (770) 497‐3400
 Factory‐trained sales and service personnel Facsimile: (770) 497‐3588
provide solid technical support to help tailor a
system that is right for your production needs.
 Strategically located product testing and
demonstration labs throughout the world allow
Information on equipment not contained in the
you to evaluate equipment and systems before a
current edition of this guide can be found in
purchase.
previous versions of the Adhesives and
 Major replacement parts and components are Sealants Equipment Guide, which are available
stocked locally, and a network of direct on CD.
operations provides local‐language technical
support to help keep your operation up and NOTE: This document was bound using Nordson
running. adhesive delivery systems.

 A full range of accessories, kits, and standard *This service is not available in all countries.
parts helps improve productivity and minimize
downtime. Nordson reserves the right to make design changes between printings.
Table of Contents i

Table of Contents
Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
ProBlue 4, ProBlue 7 and ProBlue 10 Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
ProBlue Melter 200-240 VAC and 400/230 VAC with Standard
14:1 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
ProBlue Melter 200-240 VAC and 400/230 VAC with 6:1 Pump . . . . . . . . 1‐2
ProBlue Melter 400 and 480 VAC with Standard 14:1 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
ProBlue Melter 400 and 480 VAC with 6:1 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Melter Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
ProBlue 15, ProBlue 30 and ProBlue 50 Large Capacity Melters . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
ProBlue Large Capacity Melter Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐7
Melter Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐7
ProBlue Fulfill Integrated Fill System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐9
ProBlue Fulfill Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐10
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11
Adhesive Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11
Adhesive Container* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11
Service Kits and Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11
Fulfill Retrofit Adhesive Fill System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐13
Fulfill Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐14
Fulfill Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐15
Service Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐15
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐15
AltaBlue TT 4, 10, and 16 Liter Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐17
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐18
AltaBlue TT Melter Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐19
Model A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐19
Model A10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐19
Model A16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐20
AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐21
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐21
AltaBlue Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐22
AltaBlue Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐24
Base Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐24
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐25
DuraBlue L Series Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐27
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐27
DuraBlue 4L Melter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐27

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


ii Table of Contents

Melters contd.
DuraBlue L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐28
Specifications for DuraBlue L Series Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐28
Part Numbers for DuraBlue L Series Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐29
DuraBlue 4L System Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐30
DuraBlue 4L System Applicator and Hose Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . 1‐31
DuraBlue Large Capacity Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐33
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐33
DuraBlue Large Capacity Melter Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐33
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐34
VersaBlue Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐35
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐35
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐37
VersaBlue Melter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐38
Pump Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐39
VersaBlue N Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐41
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐41
VersaBlue N Melter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐42
VersaBlue N Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐44
VersaBlue XN and XC Series Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐47
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐47
VersaBlue XN Melter Specifications (Metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐48
VersaBlue XC Melter Specifications (Metric) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐51
VersaBlue XN Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐52
VersaBlue XC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐54
Pump Selection: VersaBlue N, XN and XC Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . 1‐56
VersaBlue N, XN and XC Adhesive Melters Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
Fittings and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
Straight Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
45 Hose Fitting Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
90 Hose Fitting Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
VersaBlue N Service Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
Filter Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐57
Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Safety Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Light Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58
Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐58

Foam Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1


SureFoam Dispensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Manual Density Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Simple Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
User Friendly Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
SureFoam Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents iii

Ultra FoamMix Cube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐3


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐3
Advanced Application Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐3
General Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐4
Ultra FoamMix Specifications (special stand‐alone foam cube) . . . . . . . . 2‐4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Ultra FoamMix EX Extruder Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐7
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐7
Advanced Application Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐7
General Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐8
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐8
Siemensr S7 PLC with touch panel (5.7 in. or 10.4 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐8
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐9
EX 30 UFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐9
EX 60 UFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐9
Ultra FoamMix PH Tank Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐11
Advanced Application Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐11
General Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐12
PH 100 UFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐13
PH 400 UFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐13
FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐15
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐15
Front Mounted Hydraulic System Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐15
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐16
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐17
200 Series FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐17
200 Series FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐18
200 Series FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐18

Bulk Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1


VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
VersaDrum melters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Standard Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐3
VersaDrum Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐4
VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
VersaPail melters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Standard Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐9
VersaPail Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐10

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


iv Table of Contents

Bulk Melters contd.


DuraDrum Bulk Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐15
DuraDrum Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐16
DuraPail Bulk Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐19
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐19
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐21
DuraPail Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22

PUR Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1


PURBlue 4 Adhesive Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
PURBlue 4 melters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Standard Features: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐2
PURBlue 4 Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐3
240 VAC 3 Phase Delta or 400 VAC 3 Phase Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐3
200 VAC 3 Phase Delta (Primarily for Japan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐4
MiniPUR Polyurethane Melter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐5
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐5
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐6
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐7
MiniPUR Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐7
MiniPUR Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐7
Nitrogen Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐7
Unity Series Dispensing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐9
Unity PURJett Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐9
Unity PS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐9
Unity IC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐9
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐10
Available options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐10
Unity Pre-warmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐10
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐11
Unity IC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐11
Unity PURJet 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐11
Unity PS30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐11
PW30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐11

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents v

Extruders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐1
Extruder Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐1
EX Extruder System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐1
General Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
EEX Extruder Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐3
Configuration Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐4
Pump Station Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐5
Gear Pump Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐6
Dimensions (in millimeters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐6
Extruder Hoses Type PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐7

Automatic Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐1


Blue Series Configurable Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐1
Blue Series Applicator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐2
Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐2
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐5
SolidBlue Hot Melt Applicators and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐9
Parts and Accessories - Solid Blue Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐10
SolidBlue Low Profile (LP) Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐10
Replacement Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐11
Multi‐Service Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐11
Insulating Applicator Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐11
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐12
SureBead Reduced Cavity Applicators and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
Parts and Accessories - SureBead Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Replacement Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Replacement Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Insulating Applicator Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Multi‐Service Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Saturn Nozzles to SureBead Module Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐15
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐16
Select Series Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐17
Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐17
Insulating Applicator Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐19
MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐21
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐21
MiniBlue II Applicator Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐22
MiniBlue II Applicator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Replacement Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Cordsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Applicator Insulating Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Solenoids and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Flexible Tubing Kit for SP Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐25
Flexible Tubing Kits for SG and SD Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐25
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐26

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


vi Table of Contents

Automatic Applicators contd.


MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐29
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐29
MiniBlue Applicator Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐30
MiniBlue Applicator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐32
Replacement Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐32
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐33
PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐37
PatternPro Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐38
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐38
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐39
Series H‐20 Hot Melt Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
Standard H‐20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
H‐20 Large Ball and Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
Micro‐Adjust H‐20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
Filtered H‐20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
H‐20 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐46
Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐46
H‐20 RTD Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐46
H‐20 Thermostat Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐47
A200 Applicator Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐47
Thermostat Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐48
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐48
AG‐900+S Dispense Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐49
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐49
Module Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐49
Solenoid Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐49
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐50
AG900+S Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐51
AG900+S Nozzle Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐52
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐53
E‐400 Series Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐55
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐55
Intended Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐55
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐55
E‐400B Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐55
E‐400B Applicator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐56
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐56
Applicator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐56
e.dot+ Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐57
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐57
e.dot+ Applicator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐58
Applicator Driver Specifications* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐58
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐58
e.dot+ Applicators and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐58
Applicator Service Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐59
Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐59
Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐59
Saturn Integrated Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐59
e.dot+ Small Diameter Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐59
Applicator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐60

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents vii

Series EM‐100 Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐61


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐61
EM‐100 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐62
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐62
EM‐100 Module Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐62
Driver Cable Assembly for EM Series Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . 6‐63
SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐65
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐65
Patent Pending - Patterns
Fill Over‐Lap Cartons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐66
Patent Pending - Patterns
Fill Over‐Lap Cartons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐66
SureSeal Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐67
8‐inch Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐67
15‐inch Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐67
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐68
8‐inch Applicator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐68
15‐inch Applicator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐69

Non-Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Universal Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Universal Applicator Insulating Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
UA Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐2
Alta Spray Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐3
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐3
Alta Spray Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Alta Spray Applicators with T‐Style (Ni‐120 RTD) Cordset . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Alta Spray Applicators with M‐Style (PT100 RTD) Cordset . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Alta Spray Applicator Modules (Purchased Separately) . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Alta Spray Applicators Adapter Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Solenoid Valve Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Alta Spray Applicators Insulating Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Heater Service Kits (Include Heater Cartridge with Pre‐Crimped
Ferules and a Terminal Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐6
Sensor Service Kits (Include Sensor Cartridge with Pre‐Crimped
Ferules and a Terminal Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐6
Filter Service Kit (Includes Filter Screen and O‐Ring) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐6
Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
CF 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
CF Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
Universal 22mm (UM22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐8
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐8
UM22 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐8
Universal 25mm (UM25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
UM25 Modules & Rebuild Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


viii Table of Contents

Non‐Contact contd.
High Speed Universal (UMSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐11
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐11
UMSC Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐11
Spray Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐12
Controlled Fiberization Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐12
Standard Frequency (6‐hole) Bronze CF Disk Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐12
Disk Nozzle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐12
Unibody (6‐hole) CF Spray Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐13
Unibody Standard Frequency (6‐hole) Color Coded Steel Spray
Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐13
High Frequency (12‐hole) Bronze CF Unibody Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐14
Unibody Nozzle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐14
Universal Controlled Fiberization Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐15
High Frequency (12‐hole) Coated Brass Universal Style CF Spray
Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐15
Summit Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐16
22mm Universal Summit Coated Brass Spray Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐16
25mm Universal Summit Coated Brass Spray Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐16
Sure Wrap Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
22mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated Brass Spray Nozzles for Thin
Elastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
22mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated Steel Spray Nozzles for Thin
Elastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
25mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated Brass Spray Nozzles for Thin
Elastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
25mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated Steel Spray Nozzles for Thin
Elastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Universal Spray Nozzles Comparison Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐21
Process Air Control Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐22
Air Control Kits and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐22

Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Series AD‐41 Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
AD‐41 Handgun Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐2
AD‐41 Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐3
AD‐41 Nozzles and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐5
Series AD‐31 Extrusion Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐6
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐6
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐7
AD‐31 Extrusion Handgun Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐8
AD‐31 Extrusion Handgun Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐8
AD‐31 Swirl and Wide Pattern Swirl Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐9
AD‐31 Swirl Handgun Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐10
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐11
AD‐31 Swirl Handgun Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
AD‐31 Swirl Handgun Nozzles and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents ix

AD‐31 Spray Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13
AD‐31 Spray Handgun Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14
AD‐31 Spray Handgun Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐15
AD‐31 Spray Handgun Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐16
AD‐31 Spray Handgun Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐16
Select Series Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐17
Handguns for HMT ProFlex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐17
Series FP‐200 Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐19
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐19
FP-200 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐20
Series FP‐200 Handgun Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐24
Series FP‐200 Handgun Nozzles and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐24

Coating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1


SpeedCoa Slot Coating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1
Configuration Chart for SpeedCoat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐3
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐4
Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐4
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐4
Nozzle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐4
Features: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐5
TrueCoat Slot Coating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐5
Configuration Chart for TrueCoat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐7
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8
Control Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8
Nozzle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8

Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Precision Bead Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Saturn Precision Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Nozzles for Best Choice, H‐400, H‐200 and Modular Automatic
Applicators, E‐350, E‐380 and E400 Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
Saturn Precision Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
2380XX Domed Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐3
Nozzles for H‐20, E‐100XT, EM‐100, M‐100, and
Series 700 Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐4
232XXX and 226XXX Single Orifice Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐4
1022XXX Extended Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐5
65089 Series Multi‐Orifice Cone Nozzles (.030 engagement) . . . . . . 10‐5
231XXX Single Orifice Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐6
2310XX Long Engagement Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐6
Long Engagement Domed Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐7
220XXX Domed Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐8
Male‐threaded Nozzles for AD‐31 and L4, AD‐41 and L5, and
L7 Extrusion Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐9
Specialty Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐10

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


x Table of Contents

Nozzles contd.
AD‐31 and AD‐41 Swirl and Wide Pattern Swirl Handguns, FP‐200
Handguns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐10
Nozzles for H‐20 Automatic Applicators with Right‐Angle Adapter . . . . . . 10‐11
Nozzles for E‐900 and EM‐900 Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐12
Straight Orifice Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐12
Button Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐13
Right Angle Nozzles(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐14
Swirl Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐14
Nozzle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐15
Pattern Width Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐16

Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
Advanced Technology Hot Melt Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
Minimum Radii for Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
Medium-pressure (“Standard”) Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
High-pressure (“Standard”) Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐2
Wattage Calculations for Hoses and Applicators on the PA2500
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐2
Wattage Calculations for Manual Applicators and Hoses for 120V
DuraBlue Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐2
Hose Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐3
RTD‐Style Automatic Applicator Hoses 5/16 in. Diameter:
Blue Series; 6000 Melter; Series 3000/3000V; FoamMelt) 130, 190
and 200 Processors; and SureFoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐3
RTD‐Style Automatic Applicator Hoses 5/8 in. Diameter:
Blue Series; 6000 Melter; Series 3000/3000V; FoamMelt) 130, 190
and 200 Processors; and SureFoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐6
RTD‐Style e.dot Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐6
Automatic Applicator Hoses, 5/16, 5/8, 1‐1/8 in. Diameter,
RTD Control: Series 5000, BM 20/BM 200 Drum Melters . . . . . . . . 11‐7
RTD‐Style AD‐31 Handgun Hoses 5/16 in. Diameter: Blue Series;
6000 Melter; Series 3000/3000V; FoamMelt 130, 190 and 200
Processors; and SureFoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐8
AD‐31 (LBS, B, C, K) Handgun Hoses 5/16, 5/8, 3/4, 1-1/8 in.
Diameter, RTD Control: Series 5000, BM 20/BM 200 Drum
Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐9
RTD‐Style AD‐41 Handgun Hoses 5/16 in. Diameter: Blue Series,
Series 3000/3000V, 6000 Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐9
Transfer Hoses 5/16, 5/8, 1‐1/8 in. Diameter RTD Control: Series
5000, BM 20/BM 200 Drum Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐10
Automatic Applicator Hoses 5/8 in. Diameter Thermistor Control:
150 Series FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐10
Automatic Applicator Hoses 5/8 in. Diameter RTD Control:
190 Series FoamMelt Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐10
VersaBlue Series High Temperature Hoses, Pt100 Control . . . . . . . . 11‐11
TC‐8 Series Automatic Applicator Hoses Thermocouple Control:
MX Series Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐12
TC‐8 Series Automatic Applicator Hose Pt100 Control: MX Series
Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐12
TC‐13 Series Automatic Hoses Thermocouple Control: MX Series
Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐13

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents xi

TC‐13 Series Automatic Hoses, Pt100 Control: MX Series


Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐13
Select Series Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐14
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐15
Mounting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐15
Insulating Cuffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐15
Hose Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐16
Extension Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐16
Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐16
Handgun Bracket Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐17
Melter‐End Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐17
KB and LS Melter Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐17
Applicator‐End Hose Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐18
Non‐Heated Inline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐18
Multi‐Plane Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11‐18

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐1
LogiComm Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐1
LogiComm Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐2
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐2
Master Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐3
Expansion Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐3
Data Communication Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐3
Touch Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐4
Applicator Cables - Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐5
Applicator Cables - Pneumatic Applicators* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐5
Applicator Cables - Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐6
Encoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐6
Photocell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐6
I/P Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐7
GD200 Verification Sensor for Liquid Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐7
HD‐100 Hot Melt Verification Sensor (High Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐7
HD‐70 Hot Melt Verification Sensor (Low Speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐7
Reject, Marking & Batch Control Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐8
UV Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐8
Other Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐8
Barcode Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐9
GD500 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐9
Eclipse Series Pattern Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐11
EPC‐30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐11
EPC‐15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐12
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐12
EPC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐13
EPC Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐14
I/P Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐15
EPC Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐15

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


xii Table of Contents

Controls contd.
LA 404‐2 Pattern Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐17
LA 404‐2 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐18
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐18
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐18
Photocell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐18
Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐19
I/P Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐19
Applicator Cables - Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐19
Applicator Cables - Pneumatic Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐19
Applicator Cables - Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐20
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐20
TC‐200 Two‐Channel Stand‐Alone Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐21
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐21
TC‐200 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐22
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐22
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐22
Seal Sentry Series 10 Bead Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐23
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐23
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐24
Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐24
Photocell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐24
Photocell Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐24
Verification Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐24
Accubar Bar Code Verifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐25
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐25
Accubar Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐26
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐26
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐27
Applicator Driver Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐29
Applicator Driver Comparison Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐29
LogiComm Applicator Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐31
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐31
LogiComm Applicator Driver Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐32
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐32
Applicator Driver W/Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐32
Applicator Cables for Connector Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐33
Other Cables for Connector Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐33
Applicator Driver W/ Terminal Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐34
Applicator Cables for Terminal Block version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐34
LogiComm OEM Applicator Driver Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐35
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐35
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐36
Driver Software Parameter Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐36
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37
Applicator Driver W/Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37
Applicator Cables for Terminal Block Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37
Other Cables for Terminal Block Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37
Service Kits (Terminal Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37
Spare Part (Terminal Block) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐37

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents xiii

e driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐39
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐39
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐39
e driver Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12‐40

Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1


Nitrogen Generation System & Booster Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1
Foaming Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1
Tank Blanketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1
Nitrogen Gas Generation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐1
Primary Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐2
Nitrogen Generation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐2
Nitrogen Booser Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐2
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐3
Generator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐3
Booster Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐3
Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐3
ProMeter VDK Dispense Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐5
ProMeter VDK Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐6
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐7
ProMeter VDK Dispense Applicator Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐7
ProMeter VDK Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐8
ProMeter VDK Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐8
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐9
Features & Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐10
General Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐10
Gear Pump Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐11
VDK midi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐12
PS Metering Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐13
Features & Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐14
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐14
Gear Pump Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐15
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13‐15

Liquid Adhesive Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐1


LA 300 Series Piston Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐2
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐2
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐2
Lid Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐2
Pressure Gauge Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐2
Cart Systems and Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐3
Remote Filter Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐4

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


xiv Table of Contents

Liquid Adhesive Equipment contd.


LA 310 Series Piston Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐5
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐5
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐6
Wall‐mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐6
Lid‐mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐7
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐8
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐8
Cart Systems and Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐8
Pressure Gauge Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐8
Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐8
LA 320 Diaphragm Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐9
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐9
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐9
LA 320 Diaphragm Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐10
Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐10
Auxiliary Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐10
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐10
Pressurized Liquid Adhesive Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐11
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐11
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐12
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐12
LA 380 Pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐13
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐14
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐14
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐15
LA 302 Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐17
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐17
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐18
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐18
LA 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐18
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐18
WM 801 Series Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐19
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐19
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐20
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐20
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐21
WM 801 Electric Applicator Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐21
WM 801 Electric Applicator Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐22
WM 801 Electric Applicator Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐22
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐23

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents xv

LA 825 Series Electric Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25


Liquid Adhesive Dispensing Electric Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-26
Parts and Accessories - LA 825 Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Applicator for use with all controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Nozzles - Non-contact, short engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Nozzles - Non-contact, long engagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Nozzles - Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27
Options (Filter Valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28
Cables for LogiComm Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28
Parts and Accessories - LA 825RC Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Applicators for use with all controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
LA825 RC - Common Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Options (Filter Valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Brackets for installations in Folder Gluers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Cables for LogiComm Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-31
Pneumatic Bead Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
LV 227 Pneumatic Bead Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-33
Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-34
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-35
WM 710 Pneumatic Bead Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-37
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-37
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-38
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-40
Liquid Adhesive Coating Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-41
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-41
Features & Benefits: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-41
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-43
Standard Slot Nozzles (w/o Applicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
for use with WM 710, WM 801 & LA825 applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
Special Slot Nozzles (w/o Applicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
for use with QPC & Slide plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-44
LS 373 Pneumatic Spray Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
LS 373 Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-45
LA 373 Needle and Nozzle Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-46
Air Spray Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-46
Seal Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-46
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-47
High Pressure Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-48
PTFE Metal Braided Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-48

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


xvi Table of Contents

Liquid Adhesive Equipment contd.


Pattern Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐49
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐49
Configuration Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐49
Quick Change Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14‐53

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐1
In‐Line Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐1
Saturn In‐Line Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐1
Saturn Integrated Applicator Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐1
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐2
Saturn In‐line Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐2
Replacement In‐Line Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐3
In‐line Filter Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐3
Saturn Integrated Applicator Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐3
Heated Inline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐4
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐4
Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐4
Non‐Heated Inline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐5
Solenoid Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐7
Saturn Platinum Solenoid for Single or Independent Air Actuated
Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐7
Saturn Platinum Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐7
Platform Comparisons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐8
Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐8
Standard Saturn Solenoid Valves for Multi‐Module Common Air
Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐9
Saturn Ring Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐10
Large Cv Saturn Solenoid Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐10
Small Cv Saturn Solenoid Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐11
Platform Comparisons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐11
Standard Saturn Solenoid Spare Components Part Numbers . . . . . . 15‐12
Filter‐Regulator‐Manifold Assembly Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐13
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐13
Fittings and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐15
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐15
Fitting Usage and Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐15
Fitting Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐16
Pneumatic Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐16
Hydraulic Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐18
Miscellaneous Plugs, Adapters and Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐20

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Table of Contents xvii

Hydraulic System Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐23


Flow Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐23
Hydraulic System Pressure Gauge Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐23
O‐rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐23
Blue Series Extension Cords (Ni‐120 Receptacles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐24
Extension Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐24
Splitter Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐24
Blue Series (Ni‐120 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐24
BM20 and BM200 (Ni‐120 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐25
Equipment Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐25
Multi‐Service Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15‐26

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐1


Conversion Formulas and Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐1
Maximum Required Delivery Rate (MRDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐1
Example of Maximum Required Delivery Rate (MRDR) . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐1
Bead Cross Sectional Area (BCA) Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐2
Required Melt Rate (MR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐2
Example of Melt Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐3
Spray Usage Rate (SUR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐3
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐4
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐4
Response Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐4
Pull‐In (applicator open) and Drop‐Out (applicator close) Time . . . . . . . . . 16‐4
Adhesive Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐5
Coating Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐6
Coating Weights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐6
Speed Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐7
Temperature Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐9
Weights and Measures Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16‐10

Index

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


xviii Table of Contents

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-1

ProBluer 4, ProBlue 7 and ProBlue 10 Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson ProBlue melters are simple and compact,
designed to maximize uptime and reduce operating
costs. These rugged, flexible, non-handed melters
fit on virtually any packaging line.
S Large tank opening with three sided access allows
easier filling and cleaner operation.
S Status-at-a-glance indicators highlight:
ready, fault, service and temperature status for tank,
hose and applicator.
S Simplified intuitive controls and service indicators
require less user training and simplify maintenance
scheduling.
S Disposable filter reduces daily maintenance by
eliminating routine filter flushing.
S Standard tank low-level indicator and output protects
against operator oversight and helps assure
continuous production.
S Standard programmable I/Os (3 output and 4 input)
facilitate parent machine integration.
S Remote temperature setback, hose/applicator
enable/disable, and automatic temperature setback
are standard programmable features to enhance
operation.
S All major components are easily accessible from the S Cast-in heating elements and PTFE-coated tanks
front of the melter, and all major subsystems are provide fast warm-up time, improve heat transfer and
easily replaced. reduce char buildup.
S Quick-disconnect primary power and I/O plugs and S Easy-to-remove exterior panels are constructed of
pneumatic fittings provide easier installation. rugged sheet molded FRP and include a heavy duty
S Communications options and serial and network tank lid.
communications allow improved integration into S Sub-base allows easy, quick access to mounting
parent machine control systems. bolts and electrical knockouts for easier installation.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-2 Melters

ProBlue 4, ProBlue 7 and ProBlue 10 Adhesive Melters (contd)

ProBlue Melter 200-240 VAC and 400/230 VAC with Standard 14:1 Pump
Parameter ProBlue 4 ProBlue 7 ProBlue 10
2 Hose/Applicator 1022230 1022232 1022234
4 Hose/Applicator 1022231 1022233 1022235
6 Hose/Applicator — — 1022236

ProBlue Melter 200-240 VAC and 400/230 VAC with 6:1 Pump
Parameter ProBlue 4 ProBlue 7 ProBlue 10
2 Hose/Applicator 1080419 1089193 1089195
4 Hose/Applicator 1089192 1089194 1089196

ProBlue Melter 400 and 480 VAC with Standard 14:1 Pump
Parameter ProBlue 4 ProBlue 7 ProBlue 10
2 Hose/Applicator 1022237 1022238 1022240
4 Hose/Applicator 1090495 1022239 1022241

ProBlue Melter 400 and 480 VAC with 6:1 Pump


Parameter ProBlue 4 ProBlue 7 ProBlue 10
2 Hose/Applicator 1078280 1078258 1078281
4 Hose/Applicator 1090496 1078259 1080440

NOTE: 400 and 480 VAC melters must have a transformer base assembly. The assembly required is dependent on the
total wattage used for the unit and hose/applicators in operation. Contact Nordson for assistance in selecting the correct
transformer.
Parameter Part Number
Transformer Base Assembly, 1.5 kVA 1039840
Transformer Base Assembly, 3.0 kVA 1039841

Optional Accessories
Parameter Part Number
I/O expansion card kit 1036607
Profibus communications kit 1053300
DeviceNet communications kit 1053288
Ethernet communications kit 1053289
8 Hose/Applicator expansion base (ProBlue 10 only) 1061030

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-3

ProBlue 4, ProBlue 7 and ProBlue 10 Adhesive Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter ProBlue 4 ProBlue 7 ProBlue 10
Type of system Non‐circulating tank (14:1 SP‐style piston pump)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 3.9 (8.6) 6.8 (15) 9.7 (21.4)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 4.3 (9.5) 8.2 (18) 11 (24)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 6.8 (15) 10.9 (24) 12.4 (27.3)
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 32.7 (72)
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 0.5 C (1 F)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 87 bar/8.7 MPa (1260 psi)
Hose ports 5 5 9
Hose/Applicator Capacity 2 or 4 2 or 4 2, 4, or 6
(Maximum)
Hose/Applicator Power 1000 W each Hose/Applicator pair (2000 W per Hose/Applicator module)
Maximum melter power
 2 Hose/Applicator 4000 W 4200 W 4200 W
 4 Hose/Applicator 6000 W 6200 W 6200 W
 6 Hose/Applicator N/A N/A 8200 W
Input/Output Capability Standard 3 standard outputs - programmable for function
4 standard inputs - programmable for function
Filter area cm2 (in.2) 71 (11)
Electrical service 200 to 240 VAC 1 or 3 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC (1 N/PE) 50/60 Hz
400/230 VAC (3 N/PE) 50/60 Hz
With optional transformer 400 or 480 VAC 3 50/60 Hz
Weight kg (lb) (empty) 42 (93) 43 (95) 45 (99)
Dimensions W x H x D mm 547 x 469 x 318 609 x 469 x 322 613 x 505 x 344
(in.) (21.5 x 18.48 x 12.5) (24 x 18.5 x 12.7) (24.1 x 19.9 x 13.5)
Service envelope 648 x 502 x 362 711 x 564 x 362 714 x 656 x 391
W x H x D mm (in.) (25.5 x 19.75 x 14.25) (28 x 22.2 x 14.25) (28.1 x 25.8 x 15.4)
Mounting mm (in) 381 x 249 (15.9 x 9.8)
Approvals and certifications UL, CUL(1), CE, ISO 9001

1. CUL is a legal CSA‐equivalent in Canada.

Melter Notes
1. Melter performance ratings are measured using a 1100 cps packaging grade adhesive with an application
temperature of 177 C (350 F) and a specific gravity of 0.97.
2. Pump rate is maximum pump output while maintaining 90% of static hydraulic pressure for a given inlet air
pressure.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-4 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-5

ProBlue 15, ProBlue 30 and ProBlue 50 Large Capacity Melters

Description
Nordson ProBlue melters are designed to maximize
uptime and reduce operating costs. These rugged,
flexible, non-handed melters fit on virtually any
packaging line.
S Melter sizes and service envelopes closely match
legacy products for easy integration into existing
applications.
S All sheet metal enclosures and large tank openings
ease operation and daily maintenance.
S Status-at-a-glance indicators highlight: ready, fault,
service and temperature status for tank, hose and
applicator.
S Simplified intuitive controls and service indicators
require less user training and simplify maintenance
scheduling.
S Disposable filter reduces daily maintenance by
eliminating routine filter flushing.
S Standard tank low-level indicator and output protects
against operator oversight and helps assure
continuous production.
S Standard programmable I/O (3 output and 4 input)
facilitate parent machine integration.
S Quick disconnect primary power and I/O plugs and
pneumatic fittings provide easier installation. S Communications options and serial and network
communications improve integration into parent
S Sub-base provides easy, quick access to mounting
machine control systems.
bolts and electrical knockouts for easier installation.
S All major components are easily accessible from the
S Easy-to-remove exterior panels are constructed of
front of the melter, and all major subsystems are
rugged sheet molded FRP and include a heavy duty
easily replaced.
tank lid.
S Cast-in heating elements and PTFE-coated tanks
provide fast warm-up time, improve heat transfer and
reduce char buildup.
S Remote temperature setback, hose/applicator
enable/disable, and automatic temperature setback
are standard programmable features to enhance
operation.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-6 Melters

ProBlue 15, ProBlue 30 and ProBlue 50 Large Capacity Melters


(contd)

ProBlue Large Capacity Melter Part Numbers


Parameter ProBlue 15 ProBlue 30 ProBlue 50
Standard Output Dual Acting 14:1 Pump
2 Hose/Applicator 1049316 — —
4 Hose/Applicator 1049317 — —
6 Hose/Applicator 1049318 — —
High Output Dual Acting 16:1 Pump
2 Hose/Applicator 1049319 1049326 1049330
4 Hose/Applicator 1049320 1049328 1049331
6 Hose/Applicator 1049322 1049329 1049332
Single Acting 12:1 Pump
2 Hose/Applicator 1049323 — —
4 Hose/Applicator 1049324 — —
6 Hose/Applicator 1049325 — —

NOTE: The ProBlue 15 melter will operate at 400 or 480 VAC when used with a transformer base assembly, Part Number
1048981 (9.0 kVA).

Optional Accessories
Parameter Part Number
I/O expansion card kit 1036607
Profibus communications kit 1053300
DeviceNet communications kit 1053288
Ethernet communications kit 1053289
8 Hose/Applicator expansion base (ProBlue 15 only) 1061031

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-7

ProBlue 15, ProBlue 30 and ProBlue 50 Large Capacity Melters


(contd)

Specifications
Parameter ProBlue 15 ProBlue 30 ProBlue 50
Type of system Non‐circulating tank (SP‐style piston pump)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 14.5 (32) 29 (64) 48.5 (107)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 18.1 (40) 27 (60) 28.6 (63)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 18.1 (40) 30.6 (67.5) 28.6 (63)
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)
Standard output (14:1) 32.7 (72) — —
High output (16:1) 60 (130) 60 (130) 60 (130)
Single acting (12:1) 108 (240) — —
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 0.5 C (1 F)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 100 bar/10 MPa (1450 psi)
Hose ports 9
Hose/Applicator Capacity 2, 4, or 6
(Maximum)
Hose/Applicator Power 1000 W each H/G pair (2000 W per H/G module)
Maximum melter power
 2 Hose/Applicator 5000 W 6000 W 6000 W
 4 Hose/Applicator 7000 W 8000 W 8000 W
 6 Hose/Applicator 9000 W 10,000 W 10,000 W
Input/Output Capability Standard 3 standard outputs - programmable for function
4 standard inputs - programmable for function
Filter area cm2 (in.2) 71 (11)
Electrical service 200 to 240 VAC 1 or 3 50/60 Hz
400/230 VAC (3 N/PE) 50/60 Hz
With optional transformer 400 or 480 VAC 3 50/60 Hz (ProBlue 15 only)
Weight kg (lb) (empty) 66 (145) 81.6 (180) 87 (192)
Dimensions W x H x D mm 686 x 547 x 345 952 x 548 x 345 952 x 751 x 345
(in.) (27 x 21.5 x 13.6) (37.6 x 21.6 x 13.6) (24.1 x 19.9 x 13.5)
Service envelope 787 x 859 x 392 1044 x 859 x 392 1044 x 1062 x 392
W x H x D mm (in.) (31 x 33.8 x 15.4) (41.1 x 33.8 x 15.4) (41.1 x 41.8 x 15.4)
Mounting mm 581 x 249 669 x 249
(in) (22.9 x 9.8) (26.3 x 9.8)
Approvals and certifications UL, CUL(1), CE, ISO 9001

1. CUL is a legal CSA‐equivalent in Canada.

Melter Notes
1. Melter performance ratings are measured using a 1100 cps packaging grade adhesive with an application
temperature of 177 C (350 F) and a specific gravity of 0.97.
2. Pump rate is maximum pump output while maintaining 90% of static hydraulic pressure for a given inlet air
pressure.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-8 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-9

ProBlue Fulfill Integrated Fill System

Description
ProBlue Fulfill adhesive melters address the need
for improved operational efficiency and ease of use
and automatic filling applications. The system is
available only in ProBlue small melters (4, 7 and 10
liter).

The system automatically maintains desired


adhesive levels and relieves operators from
frequent refilling of melter tanks. Adhesive level is
monitored by a capacitance sensor mounted in
place of the ProBlue melter's standard float. The
system adds small quantities of adhesive through a
suction lance and transfer tubing to the tank at
regular intervals. Transferred adhesive can be in the
form of pellets, pastilles or mini-slats. Transfer air is
exhausted through a hole in the lid and into a
disposable filter.

ProBlue Fulfill conveys adhesives up to 12 mm in


diameter or 12 x 12 mm square. A vibrator on the
suction lance helps prevent adhesive bridging and
there is an optional vibrator available for more
difficult adhesives.

The system is ideal for production environments  Unique, disposable dust collector filter housed in an
that require an integrated filling approach with all easy access enclosure
controls within the ProBlue melter. Installation is  Large fill air exhaust
simple because the ProBlue Fulfill sensor comes  Capacitance sensor
factory calibrated and the fill timing is preset.  Fill cycle timer
 Factory built and tested  Easy-to-see fill status indicators are integrated into
the ProBlue melter base
 Clean, streamlined look in keeping with the ProBlue
melter design  Fill system status indicators include: system on,
adhesive filling in progress, and fault with an
 Automatic adhesive replenishment saves operator attention-getting light and horn
time, helps prevent thermal shock and adhesive
degradation
 No lid kits required thus checking tank status is
simply lifting the melter lid

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-10 Melters

ProBlue Fulfill Integrated Fill System (contd)

ProBlue Fulfill Specifications


Description ProBlue Fulfill Melter System
Number of melters fed 1
Adhesive Forms Pellets, pastilles, mini‐slats
Maximum size  Pastilles: 12 mm (0.472 in.) diameter
 Mini‐slats:
12 mm X 12 mm (0.472 in. X 0.472 in.) in length
Adhesive Transfer Maximum Rate 227 kg (500 lb)/hour (dependent on adhesive type)
Transfer Hose Length 4 m (13 ft)
Operating Air Minimum 4.5 bar (0.45 MPa or 65 psi)
Maximum 8.6 bar (0.86 MPa or 125 psi)
Total Air Consumption 679 Liters/min (24 SCFM) when feeding
Conditioning Dry, non-lubricated
Inlet Air Connection 1/4 in. NPT female
Pump Type Venturi
Noise Emission 76 dBA
Suction Lance Dimensions (L) 615 mm x max (W) 105 mm (24.21 in. x max 4.14 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-11

ProBlue Fulfill Integrated Fill System (contd)

Part Numbers
Adhesive Melter
Part Number Description
1100375 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 4, 2 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100376 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 4, 4 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100377 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 7, 2 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100378 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 7, 4 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100379 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 10, 2 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100390 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 10, 4 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1100391 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 10, 6 Hose/Applicator, 200/240V
1099793 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 4, 2 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V
1099794 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 4, 4 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V
1099795 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 7, 2 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V
1099796 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 7, 4 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V
1099797 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 10, 2 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V
1099798 Melter, ProBlue Fulfill 10, 4 Hose/Applicator, 400/480V

Adhesive Container*
Part Number Description
1100151 Kit, Fulfill, install and transfer assembly
* Required - common component for all PB Fulfill orders

Service Kits and Parts


Part Number Description
1100171 Panel assy, membrane, front, elec. encl., P4/P7F
1100172 Panel assy, membrane, front, elec. encl., P10F
1100173 Capacitive level sensor w/ 150 mm probe
1100174 Lid switch proximity kit
1100175 Lid assy service kit, P4/P7F
1100176 Lid assy service kit, P10F
1101706 Alarm service kit
1096221 PCA service kit
1100558 Level sensor amplifier
1082942 Sock filter service kit, 5 pcs
1093639 Regulator/filter, 40 mic, 1/4 NPT, 5-100
1099781 Inlet pump screen, P4, push-on
1099782 Inlet pump screen, P7, push-on
1098375 Inlet pump screen, P10, push-on
939995 Fuse, time-lag, 2A, 5X20MM, ceramic
1099544 Gasket, neoprene rubber, adh.container
1101718 Kit, svce, Fulfill, CPU

Accessories
Part Number Description
1098962 Kit, vibrator, container, Fulfill (optional)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-12 Melters

ProBlue Fulfill Integrated Fill System (contd)

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-13

Fulfill Retrofit Adhesive Fill System

Description
The easy‐to‐install and operate Fulfill retrofit system
kit delivers the benefits of automatic adhesive filling
to existing Nordson melters.

A sensor monitors the melter tank adhesive level,


alerting the system to add small quantities of
pellets, pastilles, or mini‐slats of adhesive when
needed.

Features
 Automatic adhesive level sensing and filling
 Maintains optimum/full tank adhesive levels
 Indicators for System On, Adhesive Filling in
Progress, and Fault
 Easy‐to‐operate; needs no programming
 Automatic shut‐off in fault condition
 Proven, reliable design and performance
 Preset, preassembled components need minimal fine
tuning
 Choice of melter‐ or remote‐mounted controls and
plant or melter power connectivity
 Fixed regulator reduces air consumption

Benefits
 Provides uninterrupted production  Reduces adhesive waste, charring, downtime and
 Eliminates poor bonding and missed beads due to rejects
empty melter tanks  Installs easily, saving time
 Minimizes tank and adhesive temperature variations  Fits Nordson melters in virtually any production space
for improved bonding or environment
 Saves operator time; reduces exposure to hot  Minimizes maintenance and downtime with vacuum
adhesives and surfaces want vibrator and disable/quick‐change filter
 Prevents manual overfilling and spilling

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-14 Melters

Fulfill Retrofit Adhesive Fill System (contd)

Fulfill Specifications
Parameter Specification
Adhesive forms Pellets, pastilles, mini‐slats,
Maximum Size  Pastilles: 12 mm (0.472 in) diameter
 Mini‐slats: 12 mm x 12 mm (0.472 x 0.472 in) in length
Adhesive transfer maximum delivery rate 227 kg/hr (500 lb/hr) dependent on adhesive type
Transfer hose length 4 m (13 ft)
Operating air pressure
Minimum Pressure: 4.5 bar, (0.45 MPa or 75 psi)
Maximum Pressure: 8.6 bar (0.86 MPa or 125 psi)

Total Air Consumption


At 4 bar 679 liters/min (24 SCFM) when feeding
Conditioning Dry, non‐lubricated

Air Connection 10 mm O.D. (0.394 in)


Inlet Air Connection 1/ NPT, 1/4 BSPP, G 1/4 female
4
Electrical Service 100-240 VAC via plant power or from ProBlue melter
Transfer Pump type Venturi
Dimensions
Vacuum Wand (L) 615 mm (24.21 in); (W) 105 mm (4.14 in)
Filter Housing Height 260 mm (10.25 in)
200 Microns
Filter Mesh Size
Storage Bin Capacity 60 Kg (132 lb)
Enclosure Rating IP54

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-15

Fulfill Retrofit Adhesive Fill System (contd)

Fulfill Parts and Accessories

Service Kits
Part Number Description
1098840 Kit, FulFill retrofit, ProBlue 4
1098841 Kit, FulFill retrofit, ProBlue 7
1098842 Kit, FulFill retrofit, ProBlue 10
1098547 Kit, FulFill retrofit, ProBlue 30
1098548 Kit, FulFill retrofit, ProBlue 15
1100980 Kit, FulFill retrofit, 3100
1100981 Kit, FulFill retrofit, 3400
1100982 Kit, FulFill retrofit, 3500
1100983 Kit, FulFill retrofit, 3700
1102742 Kit, FulFill retrofit, 3860/3960
1100979 Kit, FulFill retrofit, DuraBlue 10/16, AltaBlue TT
1104171 Kit, FulFill retrofit, DuraBlue/VersaBlue 25
1104673 Kit, FulFill retrofit, DuraBlue/VersaBlue 50
1105150 Kit, FulFill retrofit, DuraBlue/VersaBlue 100

Accessories
Part Number Description
1098962 Kit, vibrator, adhesive container, Fulfill
1098567 Kit, cable, ProBlue, powrd, romote, FulfFill retrofit
1099106 Kit, remote mount, ProBlue & DuraBlue, FulFill retrofit
1102952 Kit, remote mount, Series 3000, Fulfill retrofit
1099057 Kit, light tower, Fulfill retrofit

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-16 Melters

Fulfill Retrofit Adhesive Fill System (contd)

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-17

AltaBluet TT 4, 10, and 16 Liter Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson AltaBlue TT melters feature variable speed
AC motors with spur-gear pumps and key-to-line
capability in a compact melter design. AltaBlue TT
melters satisfy the need for an easy-to-operate,
low-maintenance melter to precisely deliver a wide
variety of hot melt adhesives. A tubular
PTFE-coated tank eliminates dead corners and
minimizes adhesive degradation. The versatile,
full-feature control panel offers a choice of
programming methods using either the keypad or
arrow keys and intuitively displays system status.

AltaBlue TT melters:
S are easy to install
S provide easy day-to-day operation
S service indicators simplify maintenance scheduling
S variable speed pump control and RPM display
provides key-to-line capability
S easy-to-use controls eliminate complicated
programming
S status-at-a-glance indicators graphically display the
status of the tank, hose and applicator
S large accessible tank opening allows easier filling and
cleaning

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-18 Melters

AltaBlue TT 4, 10, and 16 Liter Adhesive Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter AltaBlue TT 4 AltaBlue TT 10 AltaBlue TT 16
Type of system Tank with spur‐gear pump
Filter type Saturn basket‐style filter
Holding capacity kg (lb) 3.9 (8.6) 9.7 (21.4) 15.5 (34.1)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 4.7 (10.3) 7.7 (17) 11.2 (24.7)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr)1 6.3 (13.9) 12.5 (27.5) 20 (44)
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)1 35 (77) 35 (77) or 50 (110) 35 (77)
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 0.5 C (1 F)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 75 bar/7.5 MPa (1100 psi)
Hose/Applicator Capacity
2 2 or 4
(Maximum)
Maximum system power capacity @
240 VAC
 2 Hose/Applicator 3355W 3915 W 4415 W
 4 Hose/Applicator N/A 5915 W 6415 W
Input/Output Capability Standard key‐to‐line 4 standard inputs - programmable for function
3 standard outputs - programmable for function
key‐to‐line
Electrical service2 200 VAC single phase, 200 VAC 1 or 3 phase 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz 200 to 240 VAC 1 or 3 phase 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC single 380/415 VAC‐Y (3 phase N/PE) 50/60 Hz
phase, 50/60 Hz
Weight (empty) 42 kg (92 lb) 76 kg (168 lb) 80 kg (175 lb)
Dimensions 334 x 478 x 552 441 x 649 x 620 441 x 649 x 620
W x H x D mm (in.) (13.1 x 18.8 x 21.7) (17.4 x 25.5 x 24.4) (17.4 x 25.5 x 24.4)
Service envelope 537 x 623 x 908 644 x 861 x 1126 644 x 861 x 1126
W x H x D mm (in.) (21.1 x 24.5 x 35.7) (25.4 x 33.9 x 44.3) (25.4 x 33.9 x 44.3)
Approvals and certifications UL, CUL, CE, ISO 9001
1. Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters and input voltage.
2. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-19

AltaBlue TT 4, 10, and 16 Liter Adhesive Melters (contd)

AltaBlue TT Melter Part Numbers


Model A4
No. of
Part Number Melter Type Voltage Pump Size Pump Rate
Hose/Applicator
7401360 0.3 1.4 kg/hr
Standard 2
1080774 200 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080776 PA 2 7.73 35 kg/hr
7401359 0.3 1.4 kg/hr
1083408 0.62 2.8 kg/hr
Standard 2
1083409 240 1.86 8.5 kg/hr
1077981 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080775 PA 2 7.73 35 kg/hr

Model A10
No. of
Part Number Melter Type Voltage Pump Size Pump Rate
Hose/Applicator
1080779 7.73 35 kg/hr
2
1080791 Standard 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080790 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
200
1080798 7.73 35 kg/hr
2
1080800 PA 7.73 50 kg/hr
1080799 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
1083420 0.62 2.8 kg/hr
1083421 1.86 8.5 kg/hr
1077982 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080778 2 7.73 50 kg/hr
Standard
7402029* 0.3 DS 1.4 kg/hr
7402021* 240 0.62 DS 2.8 kg/hr
7402022* 1.86 DS 8.5 kg/hr
1080777 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080795 7.73 35 kg/hr
2
1080797 PA 7.73 50 kg/hr
1080796 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
*Dual stream pumps

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-20 Melters

AltaBlue TT 4, 10, and 16 Liter Adhesive Melters (contd)

Model A16
Part Number Melter Type No. of Hose/Applicator Voltage Pump Size Pump Rate
1080793 2 7.73 35 kg/hr
Standard
1080794 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
200
1080803 2 7.73 35 kg/hr
PA
1080804 4 7.73 35 kg/hr
1077983 2 7.73 35 kg/hr
1080792 Standard 4 240 7.73 35 kg/hr
7402701 2 1.86 8.5 kg/hr
1080801 2 7.73 35 kg/hr
PA 240
1080802 4 7.73 35 kg/hr

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-21

AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson AltaBlue Series melters are designed for
precise, demanding hot melt adhesive applications.
A choice of single-stream or dual-stream spur-gear
pumps with variable-speed AC motors and
key-to-line functionality satisfies a wide range of
manufacturing requirements. A PTFE-coated tank
and reservoir design reduces adhesive degradation
while maximizing adhesive throughput. The
versatile control panel offers a choice of
programming methods using either the keypad or
arrow keys.

AltaBlue melters:
S install quickly and easily
S provide easy day-to-day operation
S service indicators simplify maintenance scheduling
S maximize uptime
S independent variable speed pump control provides
key-to-line capability
S easy-to-use controls eliminate complicated
programming
S status-at-a-glance indicators graphically display the
status of the tank, hose and applicator
S serve a broad range of industries
S choose up to 4 dual or single stream pumps
S configurable low-level indicator uses single-point float
design and can be monitored remotely
S standard 6 hose/applicator connectors, configurable
to 8 hose/applicator connectors for increased
flexibility

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-22 Melters

AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters
(contd)

AltaBlue Specifications
Parameter AltaBlue 15 AltaBlue 30 AltaBlue 50 AltaBlue 100
Type of system Release‐coated tank and reservoir
Spur‐gear pump with variable AC motor
Holding capacity kg (lb) 14.5 (32) 29 (64) 47.5 (104.7) 100 (220.2)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 15 (33) 30 (66) 50 (110) 100 (220.2)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 28 (62) 45 (99) 50 (110) 100 (220.2)
Number of Pumps Up to 2 dual or Up to 2 dual or 4 single stream Up to 4 dual or
single stream single stream
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)1 & 2 1.4 to 82.1 kg/hr 1.4 to 13.4 kg/hr
(3 to 180.6 lb/hr) (3 to 29.5 lb/hr)
Filter type Saturn basket‐style filter
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range ‐5-40 C (23-104 F)
Temperature control stability 1 C (2 F)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa (1233 psi)
Hose/Applicator Capacity One single‐stream manifold: 7 connections
(Maximum) Two single‐Stream manifolds: 3 connections per pump stream
Dual‐stream manifold: 2 connections per pump stream
Maximum external power 1000 W, any single hose or applicator
capacity - Maximum load per 1200 W, any hose/applicator pair
receptacle (2 channels) 2000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2
 6 hose/applicator melters 2000 W, sum of hose applicator pairs 3 and 4
2000 W, any single hose, or applicator 5 or 6
NOTE: Total external wattage 2000 W, hose/applicator pair 5 or 6
must not exceed 8,000 W. 4000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 5 and 6
Maximum external power 1000 W, any single hose or applicator
capacity - Maximum load per 1200 W, any hose/applicator pair
receptacle (2 channels) 2000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2
 8 hose/applicator melters 2000 W, sum of hose applicator pairs 7 and 8
2000 W, any single hose or applicator 3 and 4
NOTE: Total external wattage 2000 W, any single hose or applicator 5 or 6
must not exceed 12,000 W. 2000 W, hose/applicator pair 3 or 4
2000 W, hose/applicator pair 5 or 6
4000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 3 and 4
4000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 5 and 6
Maximumsystem power capacity
 1-2 pump 15.037 watts 16,237 watts 19,437 watts
 3-4 pump, 6 hose/applicator 22,257 watts 24,507 watts 29,157 watts
 3-4 pump, 8 hose/applicator 26,257 watts 28,507 watts 33,157 watts
Continued...

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-23

AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters
(contd)

Parameter AltaBlue 15 AltaBlue 30 AltaBlue 50 AltaBlue 100


Input/Output Capability 3 standard outputs - programmable for function
Standard 4 standard inputs - programmable for function
Electrical service3 230 VAC 3 phase without neutral (Delta) 50/60 Hz
400 VAC‐Y (3 phase N/PE) with neutral (star‐WYE) 50/60 Hz

With optional transformer 400 VAC 3 phase without neutral (Delta) 50/60 Hz
480 VAC 3 phase without neutral (Delta) 50/60 Hz
Weight (empty)4
 2 pump 200 kg (440 lb) 225 kg (500 lb) 250 kg (550 lb)
 4 pump 440 kg (970 lb) 472 kg (1041 lb) 590 kg (1301 lb)
Dimensions
W x H x D mm (in.)
 2 pump 525 x 1465 x 950 (20.7 x 57.7 x 37.4)
 4 pump 950 x 1465 x 950 (37.4 x 57.7 x 37.4) 1008.7 x 1470 x 1261
(39.7 x 57.9 x 49.7)
Service envelope
WxHxD mm (in.)
 2 pump 2355 x 1465 x 2780 (92.7 x 57.7 x 109.5)
 4 pump 2780 x 1465 x 2780 (109.5 x 57.7 x 109.5) 2850 x 1470 x 3090
(112.2 x 57.9 x 121.7)
Approvals and certifications CE, ISO 9001
Protection IP33
1. Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, 3. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%.
application parameters and input voltage.
4. Weight depends on melter configuration
2. Range given is for maximum pump rate of various
pumps available.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-24 Melters

AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters
(contd)

AltaBlue Configuration
BASE MELTER OPTIONS

Host Commu‐

Motion Stitch

Sensor Type
Return Port
Applicator

Low Level
Reserved

Reserved
Indicator

Indicator
Capacity

nication
Pump 3
Pump 1

Pump 4
Pump 2
Voltage

Reserved
Control
Hose/
Tank

Flow

I/O
AB - 030 3 B B B B 6 \ A X L Y X E X X N X X X
Boxes Box Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1-2 3 4-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23-25

Base Melter
Box Boxes
AltaBlue Pumps
1-2 8-11
Description Code Description Code
AltaBlue Melter AB SN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr A
SN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr B
SN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr C
SN0093 - 4.5 kg/h D
Box
Tank Capacity SN0186 - 8.9 kg/h E
4-6
Description Code SN0371 - 17.8 kg/hr F
15 liter 015 SN0773 - 37.1 kg/hr G
30 liter 030 SN1710 - 82.1 kg/hr H
50 liter 050 SH0371 - 17.8 kg/hr 9
100 liter 100 SH0773 - 37.1 kg/hr Z
NOTE: Max. 2 pumps on 15L. Max 4 pumps on 30, 50 DN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream 2
and 100L. Dual stream pumps not allowed in any position DN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr/stream 3
on 30/50L three and four pump melters on 100L only.
DN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream 4
DN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr/stream 5
Box 7 Voltage DN0186 - 8.9 kg/hr/stream 6
Description Code DN0279 - 13.4 kg/hr/stream 7
240 VAC 3P Delta without neutral 3 SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr J
380-415 VAC Wye 4 SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr K
400 VAC Delta* without neutral 5 SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr L
480 VAC Delta* without neutral 6 SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr M
*With integrated transformer, use 240V hoses and SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr N
applicators SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr O
SF0240 - 11.9 kg/hr P
SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr Q
SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr R

Box DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream S


Hose/Applicator Pairs
12 DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream T
Description Code DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream U
6 Hose/Applicator pairs 6 DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream V
8 Hose/Applicator pairs(1) 8 DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream W
(1) Only available on either 100L or 3 and 4‐pump 30/50L
DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream Y
configurations.
None

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-25

AltaBlue Series 15, 30, 50, and 100 Liter Adhesive Melters
(contd)

Options
Box Box 19 Host Communication
Flow Control
14 Description Code
Description Code Ethernet E
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve (1) A Profibus D
Circulation Control Valve V DeviceNet V
Manual PCV and SV w/ Indication O None X
Manual PCV X
(1)Max 2 SS pumps, DS pumps not allowed

Box 20 Return Port


Description Code
Box 16 Low Level Indicator
Description Code 1 Hose return port R

Low Level Indicator L None X

None X

Box
Motion Switch
21
Box 17 I/O Indicator
Description Code
Description Code
Motion Switch M
Optional I/O installed Y
None X
None X

Box
Sensor Type
22
Description Code
Ni‐120 N
PT100 P

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-26 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-27

DuraBluer L Series Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson DuraBlue melters feature fixed-speed AC
motors with gerotor gear pumps for easy-to-operate,
low-maintenance hot melt adhesive application. A
PTFE coated tube tank eliminates dead corners and
minimizes adhesive char. The versatile control
panel offers a choice of programming methods
using either a keypad or arrow keys.

S Pump operation can be controlled by a handgun or a


footswitch.
S Large accessible tank opening allows easier filling
and cleaner operation.
S Status-at-a-glance indicators highlight: ready, fault,
service and temperature status for tank, hose and
applicator.
S Simplified intuitive controls and service indicators
require less user training and simplify maintenance
scheduling.
S Quick-disconnect style plugs and pneumatic
hose/applicator fittings provide quick and easy
hook-up of components.
S Disposable filter eliminates routine filter flushing. All S Easy-to-remove exterior panels provide quick and
major components are easily accessible from the simple maintenance.
front of the melter, and all major subsystems are S PTFE-coated tanks reduce char buildup and
easily replaced. minimize clean up.

DuraBlue 4L Melter System


DuraBlue melter systems provide everything A choice of applicators meets virtually any manual
needed to begin adhesive application immediately: or semi-automatic manufacturing requirement. The
melter, hose, handgun and nozzle. The hose and applicator choices provide for a flexibility of
handgun arrive assembled as a single part. To triggering options, either hand or foot control. A
begin using the DuraBlue melter system, simply selection of hose lengths provides additional
connect the hose/handgun assembly to the melter, adaptability to meet specific production needs.
mechanically and electrically, and supply power
through the attached electrical cord.

DuraBlue 4L melter systems: Applicator choices include:


S Ship in a single box S AD-31 handgun
S L6-N handgun/hose
S Are easy to install
S AD-41 handgun (extrusion or swirl nozzle)
S Provide easy day-to-day operation
S B900-N applicator with foot switch
S Simplify routine maintenance. (extrusion or swirl nozzle)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-28 Melters

DuraBlue L Series Adhesive Melters (contd)

DuraBlue L Series
For those who desire the performance and reliability of the DuraBlue series melters and yet do not require the
sophistication of its programming options, Nordson offers the DuraBlue L series melters.

Specifications for DuraBlue L Series Melters


Parameter DuraBlue 4L DuraBlue 10L DuraBlue 16L
Reservoir type Tank
Pump type Gerotor
Maximum pump rate per hour kg (lb)(1) 22 (48) 22 (48) 35 (77)
50 (110) 50 (110)
Melt rate kg/hr(2) 4.7 (10.3) 7.7 (17) 11.2 (24.7)
Throughput kg/hr(2) 6.3 (13.9) 12.5 (27.5) 20 (44)
Maximum hydraulic pressure(3) 75 bar/7.5 MPa (1100 psi)
Filter Type(4) Saturn basket‐style filter
Holding capacity L (in.3) 4 (244) 10 (610) 16 (973)
kg (lb) 3.9 (8.6) 9.7 (21.4) 15.5 (34.1)
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 0.5 C (1 F)
Electrical service(5) 120 VAC 1 60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC 1 50/60 Hz
Hose/Applicator capacity (maximum) 2
500 W per channel
Hose/Applicator Power 120V 600 W per pair
1000 W per two pair (1 module)
1000 W per channel
Hose/Applicator Power 240V 1200 W per pair
2000 W per two pair (1 module)
Maximum melter power
 at 120 VAC 2400 W 2400 W 2400 W
 at 240 VAC 3355 W 3915 W 4415 W
Weight (empty) 42 kg (92 lb) 76 kg (168 lb) 80 kg (175 lb)
Enclosure rating IPX3
Dimensions W x H x D mm 334 x 478 x 552 441 x 649 x 620
(in.) (13.1 x 18.8 x 21.7) (17.4 x 25.5 x 24.4)
Approvals and certifications(6) CE, CUL, ISO 9001
1. Values shown for melter at 60 Hz. 4. Filter not available on all melters.
2. Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, 5. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%.
application parameters and input voltage.
6. Certifications are not universal to all melters. Contact
3. Maximum pressure varies by unit. Nordson for more information on specific units.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-29

DuraBlue L Series Adhesive Melters (contd)

Part Numbers for DuraBlue L Series Melters


Maximum 240V 1j
Hose/ Pump
L Series Hydraulic 120V 1j 60 Hz(2) 50/60 Hz(3)
rate Viscosity
Melter Appli‐ Pressure Filtered
kg/hr (cps)
Model cator bar/MPa
(lb/hr)(1)
(psi) PA(4) VITON PA(4) VITON
4L 75/7.5 Filter 1069732 1031747 1069733 1031750
2 22 (48) < 30,000
(D4L) (1100) No Filter - - 1069734 -
75/7.5
10L (D10L) 2 22 (48) < 30,000 Filter - 1026752 1069735 1026754
(1100)
41/4.1
10L (D10L) 2 50 (110) < 10,000 No Filter - 1026753 1069736 1026755
(600)
75/7.5
16L (D16L) 2 35 (77) < 30,000 Filter - - 1069737 1031898
(1100)
41/4.1
16L (D16L) 2 50 (110) < 10,000 No Filter - 1026760 1069738 1026761
(600)

1. All pump rates are shown at 60 Hz power supply. 3. All 200-240V DuraBlue “L“ melters include a power
Pump rates at 50 Hz are lower and equal to 83% of cord without a plug. Wiring color follow international
their listed value. standards.
2. All 120V DuraBlue “L" melters include a power cord 4. Parts designated as “PA" are recommended for use
and U.S., style 20 amp plug. in product assembly applications with operating
temperatures greater than
191C (375 F). PA‐type O‐rings provide
exceptionally high chemical and temperature
resistance.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-30 Melters

DuraBlue L Series Adhesive Melters (contd)

DuraBlue 4L System Selection


DuraBlue 4L Systems have a pump rate of 22 kg/hr (48 lb/hr), operate at 600 psi hydraulic pressure, and
process adhesive with viscosity up to10,000 cps. Filters are not used with these units. The table below
shows the system unit numbers according to available voltage and hose/applicator combination.

120V 1j 200V 1j 240V 1j


Description
60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
L6 Handgun, Extrusion
L6 Handgun/Hose assembly, 1.5 m (6 ft) — — 1030231
L6 Handgun/Hose assembly, 3 m (10 ft) 1031137 — 1030230
AD-41 Handgun, Extrusion (DuraBraid hose)
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft), 1mm (0.04 in.) 1030162 1031165 1030210
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft), 1mm (0.04 in.) 1030163 1031166 1030211
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft), 1mm (0.04 in.) 1030164 1031167 1030212
AD-41 Handgun, Swirl Adapter and Air Control Kit (DuraBraid hose)
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft),
1030165 1031168 1030213
1mm (0.04 in.) wide pattern CF
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft),
1030166 1031169 1030214
1mm (0.04 in.) wide pattern CF
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft),
1030167 1031170 1030215
1mm (0.04 in.) wide pattern CF
AD-31 Handgun, Extrusion (DuraBraid hose)
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft),
1040160 1044264 1044261
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft),
1041161 1044265 1044262
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft),
1040162 1044266 1044263
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
Non-Coated Tank, AD-31 Handgun, Extrusion (DuraBraid hose)
AD‐31 Handgun/Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft),
1042781 — —
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
AD‐31 Handgun/Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft),
1042782 — —
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
AD‐31 Handgun/Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft),
1042783 — —
1.5 mm (0.06 in.) extended
B900-N Manifold Mounted Applicator
B900‐N manifold mount extrusion applicator, AC,
— — 1030137
0.5 mm (0.02 in.)
B900SW-N manifold mount swirl applicator, AC,
— — 1030138
0.6 mm (0.025 in.) CF, air control kit

NOTES: All 120V DuraBlue 4 L Systems include a power cord.


All 200V and 240V systems include a power cord without a plug. Wire colors follow international standards.
Check total external wattage limitation before adding second handgun/hose assembly to DuraBlue 4L 120V units.
The pump rate listed is for 60 Hz power supply. The pump rate at 50 HZ is lower and equal to 83% of the value shown.
Processing adhesives with viscosities higher than the stated limit may reduce melter performance.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-31

DuraBlue L Series Adhesive Melters (contd)

DuraBlue 4L System Applicator and Hose Part Numbers


Use the table below to order extra or spare Hose/Applicator combinations.

Handgun/Hose Assemblies and Manifold Mount Applicators 120V 240V 200V


L6 Handgun/Hose assembly, 1.5 m (6 ft) — 1027445 —
L6 Handgun/Hose assembly, 3 m (10 ft) 1027442 1027443 —
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft), 1 mm (0.04 in.) orifice diameter 1030220 1030225 1031160
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft), 1 mm (0.04 in.) orifice diameter 1030221 1030226 1031161
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft), 1 mm (0.04 in.) orifice diameter 1030222 1030227 1031162
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft), 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) orifice diameter 1040109 1044255 1044258
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft), 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) orifice diameter 1040163 1044256 1044259
AD‐31 Handgun/HP Hose assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft), 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) orifice diameter 1040164 1044257 1044260
B900‐N manifold mount extrusion applicator — 1031733 —
B900SW-N manifold mount swirl applicator — 1031734 —

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-32 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-33

DuraBlue Large Capacity Adhesive Melters

Description
DuraBlue large capacity adhesive melters are
designed for simple, low‐maintenance hot melt
adhesive applications. Production flexibility is
provided by a high‐output gerotor pump with a
choice of preset speeds for the AC motors.

The grid and reservoir tank design reduces


adhesive degradation while maximizing adhesive
throughput. An optional unheated hopper can
double holding capacity to minimize refilling
frequency. The simple, versatile control panel offers
a choice of programming methods, using either the
keypad or arrow keys.
 Large, accessible tank opening allows for easier
filling and cleaning.
 Pump shut‐off valve and single tool removal provide
quick, easy pump replacement.  Easy installation and day‐to‐day operation.
 Quick plug‐in hose/applicator pairs provide easy  Easy‐open panels make access to melter
installation and replacement of equipment. components quick.
 Status‐at‐a‐glance indicators graphically display the
tank, hose and applicator status.

DuraBlue Large Capacity Melter Part Numbers


Hose/ 380-415-Y
Number 200V 3j 200-240V
Appli‐ Pump Rate VAC (3j 400V 3j 480V 3j
Model of 50/60 3j
cator (per Pump) N/PE) 50/60 Hz(1) 50/60 Hz(1)
Pumps
Pairs Hz(1) 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
D25 1 394431 394432 394433 394434 394435
D25H 1 35, 45 or 90 kg/hr 394436 394437 394438 394439 394440
1 (77,99 or198 lb/hr) 394441 394442 394443 394444 394445
D50 6
2 394446 394447 394448 394449 394450
1 50, 65 or 130 kg/hr 394451 394452 394453 394454 394455
D100 (110, 143 or161 lb/hr)
2 394456 394457 394458 394459 394460
Open Wheel Pot Filling - 2 Hose/Applicator, 24VDC P/S, Relays for reversing outputs if desired
D25 35, 45 or 90 kg/hr 8063431 8063432 8063430 8063433 8063434
D50 (77,99 or198 lb/hr) 8063435 8063436 8063437 8063438 8063439
1 2
50, 65 or 130 kg/hr
D100 8063440 8063441 8063442 8063443 8063444
(110, 143 or161 lb/hr)
Beverage - Ethernet Controlled Run-Up (Ethernet, Analog I/O, I/P Transducer, Pneumatic PCV)
D25 - 8069473 8069484 - 8069485
35, 45 or 90 kg/hr
D25H 1 6 - 8069487 8069488 - 8069486
(77, 99 or 198 lb/hr)
D50 - 8069489 8069490 - 8069476

1. With integrated transformer, use 240V hoses and applicators.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-34 Melters

DuraBlue Large Capacity Adhesive Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter D25 D25H D50 D100
Grid/reservoir
Grid/reservoir
Reservoir Type and extended Grid/reservoir and hopper
and hopper
hopper
Pump type High output gerotor Spur Gear
Number of pumps 1 1 or 2
Pump size cc/rev 11.7 17.10/pump
Maximum pump rate per hour kg (lb) 35, 45, or 90 (77, 99 or 198) 50, 65 or 130
(110, 143 or 286)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) 25 (55) 50 (110) 100 (202)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) 37.5 (82.5) 75 (165) 135 (297)
Holding capacity L (in3) 25 (1526) 50 (3051) 100 (6102)
kg (lb) 24.3 (53.4) 48.5 (107) 97 (213)
Temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 0.5 C (1 F)
200 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
200-240 VAC 3 50/60 Hz
Electrical service 380-415 VAC-Y (3 NP/E) 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
480 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
Hose/Applicator pairs 6
1000W per channel
Hose/Applicator power 1200W per pair
2000W per two pair (1 module)
Input/Output capability 3 STD Outputs - programmable for function
Standard 4 STD Inputs - programmable for function
Hydraulic connections 6
Maximum melter power 11,250 17,275 25,890
Weight kg (lb) (empty) 195 (429) 210 (462) 245 (548) 330 (725)
Enclosure rating IP54
Dimensions W x H x D mm 885 x 1050 x 400 1000 x 1382 x 782 1100 x 1382 x 1035
(in.) (34.8 x 41.3 x 15.7) (39.4 x 54.4 x 30.8) (43.3 x 54.4 x 40.8)
Approvals and certifications CE, CUL, UL, ISO 9001

1. Rates depend on adhesive characteristics. 2. With integrated transformer, use 240V hoses and
applicators.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-35

VersaBlue Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson VersaBlue melters are designed for
precise, demanding hot melt adhesive applications.
A choice of metering spur‐gear pumps with
variable‐speed AC motors satisfies a wide range of
manufacturing requirements. A grid and reservoir
tank design reduces adhesive degradation while
maximizing adhesive throughput. A high
performance industrial PC provides full control of
the adhesive system via a touch screen interface.

A higher temperature melter is available for those


adhesives, such as polyamides, that require higher
operating temperatures for handling.
 Graphic, touch‐screen system control with status
display of tank, hose(s) and applicator(s).
 Entry panels make access to melter components
quick and easy.
 Large, accessible tank opening allows easier filling
and cleaning.
 Pump shut‐off valve and single‐tool removal provide
quick, easy pump replacement.
 Installs quickly and easily.
 Provides easy day‐to‐day operation and simple
routine maintenance.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-36 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-37

VersaBlue Adhesive Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter V12 V25 V50 V100
Reservoir type Grid/reservoir and hopper
Pump type Metering spur gear
Number of pumps 1 or 2
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) See separate pump chart
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) 14 (30.8) 25 (55) 50 (110) 100 (220)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) 18 (39.6) 40 (88) 74 (165) 150 (330)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 100 bar/10 MPa (1450 psi)
Holding capacity L (in.3) 12 (732) 25 (1526) 50 (3051) 100 (6102)
kg (lb) 11.6 (25.6) 24.3 (53.4) 48.5 (107) 97 (213)
Operating temperature range 40-230 C (100-400 F) standard melter
40-250 C (100-480 F) high temperature melter
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Temperature control stability 1 C (2 F)
Electrical service 200 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
200-240 VAC 1 50/60 Hz(3)
200 to 240 VAC 3 50/60 Hz
380 to 415 VAC‐Y (3 N/PE) 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
480 VAC 3 50/60 Hz(2)
Hose/Applicator capacity 2, 4, or 6 2, 4, 6 or 8
(maximum)
Hydraulic connections 6
Hose/Applicator power 1200 W per channel - 1800 W per pair
Maximum melter power capacity
 2 Hose/Applicator 6960 W 9610 W 14875 23490
 4 Hose/Applicator 10560 W 13210 W 18475 27090
 6 Hose/Applicator 14160 W 16810 W 22075 30690
 8 Hose/Applicator — — — 34290
Input/Output capability standard 7 outputs - 10 inputs
Weight kg (lb) (empty) 190 (418) 225 (495) 275 (606) 360 (798)
Dimensions W x H x D mm 885 x 1050 x 400 1000 x 1382 x 782 1100 x 1382 x 1035
(in.) (34.8 x 41.3 x 15.7) (39.4 x 54.4 x 30.8) (43.3 x 54.4 x 40.8)
Enclosure rating IP54
Approvals and certifications UL, CUL, CE, ISO 9001

1. Rates depend on adhesive characteristics. 3. 12 Liter unit only.


2. With integrated transformer; use 240V hoses and
applicators.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-38 Melters

VersaBlue Adhesive Melters (contd)

VersaBlue Melter Configuration


BASE MELTER OPTIONS

Hose/Applicator

Inter. Pressure

Host Commu‐
Level Control

Main Switch

Key‐to‐Linet
Melter Type

Ligjt Tower
Indication
Reserved

Safety Valve
Inert Gas
Capacity

nication
Pump 1

Pump 2
Voltage

Casters
Melter

Filter and
Pairs

N/A
Control
Flow
- X \ X X X
Boxes Boxes Box Box Box Box Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Boxes
1-2 3-5 6 7 8 9 10-11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24-26

Box Box
Melter Type Hose/Applicator Pairs
1-2 12
Description Code Description Code
Standard Ni‐120, 40-230 C (100-450 F) VA 2 Hose/Applicator Pairs 2
High‐Temp., Pt100, 40-250 C 4 Hose/Applicator Pairs (3 only) 4
VT
(100-480 F) 6 Hose/Applicator Pairs (3 only) 6
8 Hose/Applicator Pairs (100 L only) 8
Box
Melter Capacity
3-5 Box
Flow Control(3)
Description Code 14
12 L - 11.6 kg (25.3 lb) 012 Description Code
25 L - 24.3 kg (53.4 lb) 025 Automatic Pneumatic Pressure Control,
P
50 L - 48.5 kg (107 lb) 050 KBV flow control
100 L - 97 kg (213 lb) 100 Manual Pneumatic Pressure Control, KBV
M
flow control
Flow Control Bypass F
Box
Voltage Output Pressure Control, KBV flow control,
7 C
requires IPI option, Box 15
Description Code
Pressure build‐up (APC), requires IPI
200-240V 1 50/60 Hz (V12 only) 1 E
option, Box 15
200V 3 50/60 Hz None X
2
(integrated transformer)
200-240V 3 50/60 Hz 3
Box
380-415V-Y 3 50/60 Hz 4 Internal Pressure Indication(3)
15
400V 3 50/60 Hz
5 Description Code
(integrated transformer)
Internal Pressue Indication (IPI) A
480V 3 50/60 Hz
6 None X
(integrated transformer)

Box 1. Refer to the following page for pump specifications.


Pumps(1)
8-9 2. Not available with V12 units.
Description Code
SN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr (3.1 lb/hr) A 3. Per pump.
SN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr (6.5 lb/hr) C
SN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr (9.8 lb/hr) D
SN0186 - 8.9 kg/hr (19.6 lb/hr) E
SN0371 - 17.8 kg/hr (39.2 lb/hr) F
SN0073 - 37.1 kg/hr (81.6 lb/hr) G
SN1710 - 82.1 kg/hr (180 lb/hr)(2) H
SH0371 - 17.8 kg/hr (39.2 lb/hr) 9
SH0773 - 37.1 kg/hr (81.6 lb/hr) Z
None X

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-39

VersaBlue Adhesive Melters (contd)

Box Box
Level Control Key‐to‐Line
16 20
Description Code Description Code
Level Monitoring L Key‐to‐Line per Drive
K
Level Control with Bulk Feed Lid B (50 and 100 L only)
Level Control with Bulk Feed Lid and None X
P
Secondary Overfill Protection
None X
Box
Casters
21
Box Description Code
Light Tower Casters C
17
Description Code None X
Light Tower W
None X
Box
Inert Gas
22
Box Description Code
Main Switch
18 Inert Gas G
Description Code None X
Red - 4 Pole 1
Black - 3 Pole 2
Black - 4 Pole 3 Box
Filter and Safety Valve
None (Standard Main Switch Red - 3 Pole) X 23
Description Code
0.8 mm filter 85 bar (1235 psi) C
Box 0.2 mm filter 100 bar (1450 psi) D
Host Communications
19 0.8 mm filter 100 bar (1450 psi) G
Description Code 0.2 mm filter 85 bar (1235 psi) X
Profibus - DP with PMI D
Control Net with PMI (50 and 100L only) N
Standard I/O + Ethernet E
None X

Pump Selection
Description SN0030 SN0062 SN0093 SN0186 SN0371 SN0773 SN1710(1)

Pump Size cc/rev 0.3 0.62 0.93 1.86 3.71 7.73 17.1

Pump rate kg/hr 1.4 2.9 4.5 8.9 17.8 37.1 82.1
(lb/hr) (3.1) (6.5) (9.8) (19.6) (39.2) (81.6) (180)

1. Not available in V12.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-40 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-41

VersaBlue N Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson VersaBlue N Series melters are designed
for precise, demanding hot melt adhesive
applications. The VersaBlue N Series melters are
available in a standard footprint as well as an
expanded footprint that provides additional holding
and pumping capabilities. A choice of up to four
single‐stream or dual‐stream metering spur‐gear
pumps with variable‐speed AC motors satisfies a
wide range of manufacturing requirements. A grid
and reservoir tank design reduces adhesive
degradation while maximizing adhesive throughput.
A high performance industrial PC provides full
control of the adhesive system via a touch screen
interface. The VersaBlue N Series melter also
features optional Siemens S7 and Allen‐Bradley
ControlLogix PLC controls to increase flexibility
and ease integration.
 Graphic, touch‐screen system control with status
display of tank, hose(s) and applicator(s).
 Entry panels make access to melter components
quick and easy.
 Large, accessible tank opening allows easier filling
and cleaning.
 Pump shut‐off valve and single‐tool removal provide
quick, easy pump replacement.
 Installs quickly and easily.
 Provides easy day‐to‐day operation and simple
routine maintenance.
 Melters can be upgraded in the field to increase
equipment capabilities.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-42 Melters

VersaBlue N Melter Specifications

V12 V25
Parameter
Standard Footprint Expanded Footprint
Configuration VC/VX VB/VW VC/VX VD/VY VE/VZ
Reservoir type Metering spur gear
Pump Type Grid/reservoir and hopper

Tank Volume L (in3) 12 (732) 25 (1526)


W/ extended hopper L (in3) N/A 38 (2655)

Holding capacity kg (lb) 11.4 (25.6) 23.8 (53.4)


W/ extended hopper N/A 36 (81)
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) See separate pump chart
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 14 (30.8) 25 (55)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 18 (39.6) 37 (81.4)
Max. hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa (1230 psi)

Max. number of pumps: —


Single stream 2 4 2 4 3
Dual stream 2 0 2 0 3
Max. hose/applicator capacity 6 8

Max. hose/applicator power (W): —


each hose or applicator 1800(2) 2000(3)
each hose/applicator pair 1800 4000
Hydraulic connections 2 per metered stream
Max. melter power (W) 16850(4) 17840(4) 21080(4)
3/PE AC 200(5)
3/PE AC 200-240
Elec. Service 50/60 Hz (V) 3/N/PE AC 380-415 Y
3/PE AC 400(5)
3/PE AC 480(5)
Input/Output capability 9 outputs/13 inputs

Melter Dimensions 1000 x 1382 x 782 1100 x 1382 x 1035


W x H x D mm (in.) (39.4 x 34.4 x 30.8) (43.3 x 34.4 x 40.8)
Service Envelope 2090 x 1661 x 1031 2699 x 1788 x 1281
W x H x D mm (in.) (82.3 x 65.4 x 40.6)(6) 106.3 x 70.4 x 50.4)(7)
Weight, empty kg (lb) 225 ( 496) 250 (551) 265 (584)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Operating temperature range 40-230 C (100-400 F)
Enclosure rating IP 54
Approvals CE, UL

1. Rates depend on adhesive characteristics. 5. With integrated transformer, use 240V applicators
2. Maximum applicator power reduced to 1000W if and hoses.
connected to the melter via the hose. 6. 2020 x 1884 x 1031 mm with heated extended
3. Total wattage of all Hose/Applicator pairs not to hopper.
exceed 14,400W. 7. 2699 x 1788 x 1281 mm with heated extended
4. Values for melter with maximum Hose/Applicator hopper.
pairs and optional heated extended hopper.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-43

VersaBlue N Melter Specifications (contd)

V50 V100
Parameter
Standard Footprint Expanded Footprint
Configuration VB/VW VC/VX VD/VY VE/VZ VD/VY VE/VZ
Reservoir type Grid/reservoir and hopper
Pump Type Metering spur gear
Tank Volume L (in3) 50 (3051) 100 (6102)
Tank volume w/ extended hopper L (in3) 75 (4577) 150 (9153)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 48.5 (107) 97 (213)
w/ extended hopper 73 (160) 146 (320)
Pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)(1) See separate pump chart
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 50 (110) 100 (220)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 75 (165) 150 (330)
Max. hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa (1230 psi)
Max. number of pumps: —
Single stream 4 2 4 3 4 4
Dual stream 0 2 0 3 4 4
Max. hose/applicator capacity 6 8
Max. hose/applicator power (W): —
each hose or applicator 1800(2) 2000(3)
each hose/applicator pair 1800 2000
Hydraulic connections 2 per metered stream
Maximum melter power (W) 22805(4) 26405(4) 35140(4)
3/PE AC 200(5)
3/PE AC 200-240
Electrical Service 50/60 Hz (V) 3/N/PE AC 380-415 Y
3/PE AC 400(5)
3/PE AC 480(5)
Input/Output capability 9 outputs/13 inputs
1000 x 1382 x 782 1100 x 1382 x 1035
Dimensions W x H x D mm (in.) (39.4 x 34.4 x 30.8) (43.3 x 34.4 x 40.8)
Service Envelope
2090 x 1661 x 1031 2699 x 1788 x 1281
W x H x D mm (in.)
(82.3 x 65.4 x 40.6)(6) 106.3 x 70.4 x 50.4)(7)
Weight, empty kg (lb) 275 (606) 290 (639) 360 (794)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Operating temperature range 40-230 C (100-400 F)
Enclosure rating IP 54
Approvals CE, UL

1. Rates depend on adhesive characteristics. 5. With integrated transformer, use 240V applicators
and hoses.
2. Maximum applicator power reduced to 1000W if
connected to the melter via the hose. 6. 2020 x 1884 x 1031 mm with heated extended
hopper.
3. Total wattage of all Hose/Applicator pairs not to
exceed 14,400W. 7. 2699 x 1788 x 1281 mm with heated extended
hopper.
4. Values for melter with maximum Hose/Applicator
pairs and optional heated extended hopper.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-44 Melters

VersaBlue N Configuration
BASE MELTER

Applicator
Pump 3

Pump 4
Pump 1

Pump 2
Voltage

Hose/
Melter
Melter Type
Capacity
- /

100 - L A B C D 4 /
Boxes Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1-2 3-5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12

Base Melter

Box Box
Melter Type Pumps(1)
1-2 8-11
Description Code Description Code
Ni‐120, Max:4-SS, 6 Hose/Applicator, IPC VB SN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr A
Ni‐120, Max: 2-SS/DS, 6 Hose/Applicator, IPC VC SN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr B
Ni‐120, Max: 4-SS, 8 Hose/Applicator, IPC/PLC VD SN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr C
Ni‐120, Max:3/4-SS/DS, 8 Hose/Applicator, IPC/PLC VE SN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr D
Pt100, Max: 4-SS, 6 Hose/Applicator, IPC VW SN0186 - 8.9 kg/h E
Pt100, Max: 2-SS/DS, 6 Hose/Applicator, IPC VX SN0371 - 17.8 kg/hr F
Pt100, Max: 4-SS, 8 Hose/Applicator, IPC/PLC VY SN0773 - 37.1 kg/hr G
Pt100, Max:3/4-SS/DS, 8 Hose/Applicator, IPC/PLC VZ SN1710 - 82.1 kg/hr(2) H
SH0371 - 17.8 kg/hr 9
SH0773 - 37.1 kg/hr Z
DN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream 2
DN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr/stream 3
Box
Melter Capacity DN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream 4
3-5
Description Code DN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr/stream 5

12 liter (26 lb) 012 DN0186 - 8.9 kg/hr/stream 6

25 liter (55 lb) 025 DN0279 - 13.4 kg/hr/stream 7

25 liter (55 lb) + Hopper 25H SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr J

50 liter (110 lb) 050 SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr K

50 liter (110 lb) + Hopper 50H SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr L

100 liter (220 lb) 100 SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr M

100 liter (220 lb) + Hopper 10H SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr N


SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr O
SF0240 - ll.9 kg/hr P
SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr Q
SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr R
Box DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream S
Voltage
7
DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream T
Description Code
2 DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream U
200V 3 Phase Delta
3 DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream V
230V 3 Phase Delta
4 DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream W
400V 3 Phase WYE
5 DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream Y
400V 3 Phase Delta
6 None X
480V 3 Phase Delta
(1) Nordson (SN/DN) pumps cannot be combined with
Feinpruf (SF/DF) pumps
(2) Maximum quantity of 2 SN1710 pumps on 12, 25, and
50 L melters

Box
Hose/Applicator Pairs
12
Description Code
2 Hose/Applicator Pairs 2
4 Hose/Applicator Pairs 4
6 Hose/Applicator Pairs 6
8 Hose/Applicator Pairs 8

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-45

OPTIONS

Applicator Solenoid
Int. Pressure

Host Commu‐

Drain Valve

Ext. Pressure
Indication

Key‐to‐Line

Reserved

Selection
Light Tower

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved

Exchanger
nications
Control

Indicator

Control
Filter
Control

Switch

Motion
Flow

Switch
Casters

ACM
Main
Level

PLC
Heat
X X X X X X X X
Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Options
Box Box Box
Flow Control Host Communications External Pressure Indicator
14 19 28
Description Code Description Code Description Code
Automatic Pneumatic Pressure Profibus-DP w PMI D External Pressure Indicator Inputs #
P
Control Control Net w PMI N None X
Manual Pneumatic Pressure (1)Ethernet /IP w PMI E
M
Control
None X
Flow Control Bypass F (1) Contact NWSG Marketing for Box
IPI w/ Output Pressure Control per Heat Exchanger
availability 29
C
Drive Description Code
Automatic Flow control w. Heat Exchanger E
T Box
Min.-Speed Key‐to‐Line
20 None X
Automatic Flow control B
Description Code
Pressure build up (Airless
N Key-to-Line per Drive (separate
pressure control) K
connectors) Box
Safety valve with indication only Motion Switch
O None (Standard Key-to-Line) X 30
(PCV plugged)
Description Code
None (Standard Manual Pressure
X Motion Switch M
Control)
Box None X
Casters
21
Description Code
Box
Internal Pressure Indication Casters C Box
15 Applicator Solenoid Control
None X 31
Description Code
Description Code
Internal Pressure Indication (IPI) A
Applicator Solenoid Control G
None X
Box None X
Reserved
22
Description Code
Box
Level Control Reserved X
16 Box
ACM
Description Code 32
Level Monitoring L Description Code
Level Control w/ Bulk Feed Lid ACM Connectivity 1
B Box
(Ni‐120) Filter Selection None X
23
Level Control w/ Bulk Feed Lid Description Code
P
(Ni‐120) + Overfill Protection
0.8mm filter with 85 bar safety
Level Control w/ Bulk Feed Lid C Box
C valve PLC(1)
(PT100) 33
0.2mm filter with 100 bar safety Description Code
Level Control w/ Bulk Feed Lid D
D valve
(PT100) + Overfill Protection Siemens S7-300 with Profibus and
0.8mm filter with 100 bar safety A
G TP170
None X valve
A-B ControlLogix w/ ControlNet &
Standard (0.2mm filter w. 85 bar B
PanelView 600+
X
safety valve) A-B ControlLogix w/ Ethernet and
Box C
Light Tower PanelView 600+
17
A-B ControlLogix w/ Data
Description Code D
Boxes Highway+ and PV600+
Light Tower W Reserved
24-26 None X
None X Description Code (1) VD, VE, VY, and VZ configurations only
Reserved X
Box Boxes
Main Switch Reserved
18 34-36
Description Code Box Description Code
Drain Valve
27
Main Switch Red - 4 Pole 1 Reserved X
Description Code
Main Switch Black - 3 Pole 2
Drain Valve D
Main Switch Black - 4 Pole 3
None X
None (Standard Main Switch Red
X
- 3 Pole)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-46 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-47

VersaBlue XN and XC Series Adhesive Melters

Description
VersaBlue XN and XC Series adhesive melters
provide high speed, high volume hot melt adhesive
delivery in a flexible platform with a wide range of
configuration choices. Melters are available in 50,
100 and 200 liter tank sizes with twin tank
configurations available for multiple adhesives.

VersaBlue XN melters target nonwovens disposable


applications by offering twin tanks for different
adhesives, multiple metered pump streams, control
of remote metering stations and applicators, PLC
control, and many auxiliary temperature control
channels.

VersaBlue XC melters target high‐consumption web


coating applications that require high‐output pumps,
optional high‐precision temperature controls,
remote PLC control for coating stands, and several
control system choices for wide‐web production and
integration.
VersaBlue XN Melter

 Multiple tank sizes


 Release-coated grid and reservoir
 Up to eight single‐stream or eight dual‐stream
spur‐gear metering pumps and variable‐speed AC
motors
 Choice of control systems
 Simplified and expanded configuration choices
 Open electrical and hydraulic layout with removable
access panels
 Common parts with VersaBlue N Series melters
 External control capability for total adhesive system
control

VersaBlue XC Melter

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-48 Melters

VersaBlue XN Melter Specifications (Metric)

Parameter Single 50 Single 100 Single 200


Number of tanks 1 1 1
Tank volume l (in3) 50 (3051) 100 (6102) 200 (12,205)
with extended hopper l (in3) 75 (4577) 150 (9154) 300 (18,307)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 47.5 (105) 95 (209) 190 (419)
with extended hopper kg (lb) 71.3 (157) 142.5 (314) 285 (628)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (440)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 75 (165) 125 (364) 250 (551)
Pump speed (rev/min):
Minimum speed 5
Maximum speed 80
Max. number of pumps:
Single stream 4 8
Dual stream 3 4 8
Motor size (W) 250
Maximum number of motors 4 8
Maximum Hose/Applicator capacity 18 26
Maximum hose/applicator power (W):
each hose or applicator 2000
each hose/applicator pair 4000
total power available for H/G 46000
Maximum external drive controls(1) 6
Maximum external (analog) pressure inputs 8 16
Maximum external (digital) pressure inputs 12
Maximum air run‐up control channels 16
Maximum melter power (W) 58100 68700 82900
3/PE AC 200-240
Electrical service 50/60 Hz (V)
3/N/PE AC 380-415 Y
Rockwell ControlLogix
Control system
Siemens S7
Filter area (cm2) (in2) 103
Melter dimensions: 1460 x 2015 x 1250 1460 x 2015 x 1500 1460 x 2015 x 2400
W x H x D mm (in.) (57.5 x 79.3 x 49.2) (57.5 x 79.3 x 59) (57.5 x 79.3 x 94.5)
Service envelope: 1932 x 2244 x 1885 2182 x 2244 x 2135 2182 x 2244 x 3035
W x H x D mm (in.) (76.1 x 88.3 x 74.2) (85.9 x 88.3 x 84.1) (85.9 x 88.3 x 119.5)
Weight, empty kg (lb) 620 (1366.9) 820 (1807.8) 1470 (3240.8)
Ambient temperature range 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Operating temperature range 40-230 C (104-450 F)
Viscosity range (cps) 1,000 to 50,000
Maximum hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa
Approvals CE
Enclosure rating IP 54

1. Melters can utilize unused internal motor controls for additional external drive controls.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-49

VersaBlue XN Melter Specifications (Metric) (contd)

Parameter Twin 50/50 Twin 50/100 Twin 100/100


Number of tanks 2 2 2
Tank volume l (in3) 50/50 (3051/3051) 50/100 (3051/6102) 100/100 (6102/6102)
With extended hopper l (in3) 75/75 (4577/4577) 75/150 (4577/9154) 150/150 (9154/9154)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 47.5/47.5 47.5/95 95/95
with extended hopper kg (lb) (104.8/104.8) 104.8/209.4) (209.4/209.4)
71.3/71.3 71.3/142.5 142.5/142.5
157.2/157.2) (157.2/314.2) 314.2/314.2)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 50/50 (110/110) 50/100 (110/220) 100/100 (220/220)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 75/75 (165/165) 75/125 (165/275) 125125 (275/275)
Pump speed (rev/min):
Minimum speed 5
Maximum speed 80
Max. number of pumps:
Single stream 8
Dual stream 6 7 8
Motor size (W) 250
Maximum number of motors 8
Maximum Hose/Applicator capacity 26
Max. hose/applicator power (W):
each hose or applicator 2000
each hose/applicator pair 4000
total power available for H/A 46000
Maximum external drive controls(1) 6
Maximum external (analog) pressure inputs 16
Maximum external (digital) pressure inputs 12
Maximum air run‐up control channels 16
Max. melter power (W) 72800 81350 8990
Electrical service 50/60 Hz (V) 3/PE AC 200-240
3/N/PE AC 380-415 Y
Control system Rockwell ControlLogix
Siemens S7
Filter area cm2 (in2) 103 (16)
Melter Dimensions: 1460 x 2015 x 1900 1460 x 2015 x 2150 1460 x 2015 x 2400
W x H x D mm (in.) (57.2 x 79.3 x 74.8) (57.2 x 79.3 x 84.7) (57.2 x 79.3 x 94.5)
Service Envelope: 1932 x 2244 x 2535 2182 x 2244 x 2785 2181 x 2244 x 3035
W x H x D mm (in.) (76.1 x 88.3 x 99.8) (85.9 x 88.3 x 109.7) (85.9 x 88.3 x 119.5)
Weight, empty kg (lb) 970 (2134) 1170 (2574) 1370 (3014)
Ambient temperature range C (F) 0-50 C (32-122 F)
Operating temperature range C (F) 40-230 C (104-450 F)
Viscosity Range (cps) 1,000 to 50,000
Max. hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa
Approvals CE
Enclosure rating IP 54
1. Melters can utilize unused internal motor controls for additional external drive controls.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-50 Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-51

VersaBlue XC Melter Specifications (Metric)

Parameter XC 50 XC 100 XC 200


Number of tanks 1 1 1
Tank Volume L (in3) 50 (3051) 100 (6102) 200 (12,205)
W/ extended hopper L (in3) 75 (4577) 150 (9154) 300 (18,307)
Holding capacity kg (lb) 47.5 (104.5) 95 (209) 190 (418)
W/ extended hopper 71.3 (156.9) 142.5 (313.5) 285 627)
Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) 50 (110) 100 (220) 200 (440)
Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) 75 (165) 125 (275) 250 (550)
Pump Speed (rev/min):
Minimum Speed 5
Maximum Speed 80
Maximum number of pumps:
Single stream (SN0003 - SN0773) 0 4 8(1)
Single stream (PU15-25-35-50/85) 1 2 4
Single stream (PUS700) 1 2
Dual stream 0 4 8(1)
Motor Size (W) 250
Maximum Number of Motors 4 8
Maximum Hose/Applicator Capacity 8 14
Maximum hose/applicator power (W):
each hose or applicator 2000
each hose/applicator pair 4000
total power available for H/A 46000
Maximum External Drive Controls(1) 1
Maximum External (Analog) Pressure Inputs 16
Maximum melter power (W) 43400 53400 98400
Elec. Service 50/60 Hz (V) 3/PE AC 200-240
3/N/PE AC 380-415 Y
Control System IPC
Rockwell ControlLogix
Siemens S7
Remote PLC
Filter Area (cm2) 103
Melter Dimensions: 1460 x 2015 x 1250 1460 x 2015 x 1500 1460 x 2015 x 2400
W x H x D mm (in.) (57.5 x 79.4 x 49.2) (57.5 x 79.4 x 59.1) (57.5 x 79.4 x 94.5)
Service Envelope: 1932 x 2244 x 1885 2182 x 2244 x 2135 2181 x 2244 x 3035
W x H x D mm (in.) (76.1 x 88.3 x 74.2) (85.9 x 88.3 x 84.1) (85.9 x 88.3 x 119.5)
Weight, empty kg (lb) 620 (1364) 820 (1804) 1470 (3234)
Ambient temperature range C (F) 0-50 C (32-133 F)
Operating temperature range C (F) 40-230 C (104-450 F)
Viscosity Range (cps) 1,000 to 50,000
Max. hydraulic pressure 85 bar/8.5 MPa
Approvals CE
Enclosure rating IP 54
1. Limited to 4 pumps when IP control system is selected.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-52 Melters

VersaBlue XN Configuration
Tank 1 Tank 2

Applicator
Applicator

Pump 7
Pump 3

Pump 4

Pump 5
Casting

Casting
Pump 2

Pump 8
Pump 1

Pump 6
Control
Control

Hose/
Hose/

Level
Level
Tank #1 Tank #2
Capacity Capacity

VBN - 100 2 L A B C D 4 050 2 C A 2 A X 4


Boxes Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1-4 5-7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15‐17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Base Melter
Box
Box Level Control (Tank #2)
Tank #1 Capacity 19
5-7
Description Code
Description Code
Level Monitoring L
50 liter 050
Level Control w/ BFV (Ni120) B
50 liter w/ Hopper 50H
Level Control w/ BFV (Pt100) C
100 liter 100 Option B w/ Overfill Prot. P
100 liter w/ Hopper 10H Option C w/ Overfill Prot D
None (Tank 2 Only) XXX None X
NOTE: Requires heating zone

Box Box
Casting (Tank #1)
8 10-13 Pumps
Description Code 20-23
SS pumps only (No DS Allowed) 1 Description Code
DS or SS pumps(1) 2 SN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr A
None (Tank 2 only) X SN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr B
(1) Max 3 pumps on 050 or 50H capacity.
SN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr C
SN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr D
Box SN0186 - 8.9 kg/h E
Level Control (Tank #1)
9
SN0371 - 17.8 kg/hr F
Description Code
SN0557 - 26.7 kg/hr I
Level Monitoring L
SN0773 - 37.1 kg/hr G
Level Control w/ BFV (Ni‐120) B
SN1710 - 82.1 kg/hr(1) H
Level Control w/ BFV (Pt100) C
DN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream 2
Option B w/ Overfill Prot. P
DN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr/stream 3
Option C w/ Overfill Prot. D
DN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream 4
None X
DN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr/stream 5
NOTE: Requires heating zone.
DN0186 - 8.9 kg/hr/stream 6
DN0279 - 13.4 kg/hr/stream 7
Box
Hose/Applicator Pairs (Tank #1) DN0557 - 26.7 kg/hr/stream 8
14
SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr J
Description Code
SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr K
4 Hose/Applicator 4
SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr L
8 Hose/Applicator 8
SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr M
None(1) X
SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr N
(1) Only with XXX in Box 5‐7.
SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr O
SF0240 - ll.9 kg/hr P
Box SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr Q
Tank #2 Capacity
15‐17
SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr R
Description Code
DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream S
50 liter 050
DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream T
50 liter w/ Hopper 50H
DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream U
100 liter 100
DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream V
100 liter w/ Hopper 10H
DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream W
200 liter(1) 200
DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream Y
200 liter w/ Hopper(1) 20H
None X
(1) Tank #1 must be XXX in boxes 5‐7
(1) Only available on 100L Single Stream Melter (”1” in box 8). Max 2
pumps.
Box
Casting (Tank #2)
18
Description Code Box
Hose/Applicator Pairs (Tank #2)
24
SS pumps only (No DS Allowed) 1
Description Code
DS or SS pumps(1) 2
4 Hose/Applicator 4
(1) Max 3 pumps on 050 or 50H capacity.
8 Hose/Applicator 8

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-53

OPTIONS

Ext. Pressure
Int. Pressure

Incication
Aux. Hose /

Exchanger/
Motor Type

Reserved
Aux. Motor

Voltage
Indication

Air Run-up
Pressure

Applicator
Applicator

Solenoid
Control

Auxiliary

I/O &
Digital

Control
Return

Control

System
Control
Hose

Sensor
Inputs

Input
Flow

ACM
Type

Heat
1 X A X X A X X 4 D A A X G P X
Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Options
Box Box
Box Auxiliary H/G Pairs (@ Elec. Panel) Control System
Return Hose (1) 30 36
25
Description Code Description Code
Description Code
2 H/G (Included in Base Unit) A Siemens S7-300 w/ TP270 A
Tank 1 1
6 H/G B ControlLogix ENet ext. PView1000 F
Tank 2 2
10 H/G C ControlLogix CNet ext. PView1000 T
Tanks 1 & 2 3
None X
(1) Includes 1 hose fitting and MPCV
Box Box
per return manifold. Requires Auxiliary Motor Control (Qty) Air Run-up (1)
31 37
heating zone per manifold.
Description Code Description Code
Max. 6 # 4 outputs 4
Box None X 8 outputs 8
Flow Control
26 12 outputs 12
Description Code 16 outputs 16
Auto flow cont. w/ min speed T None X
Auto flow cont. B Box (1) Air run‐up kit sold separately
Auxiliary Motor Control Type
(1)Pressure Build-up N 32
SV w/ Indication (no MPCV) O Description Code
(1)AC PowerFlex 40 (750W) A Box
None (Standard MPCV) X Applicator Solenoid Control
(1)Servo
38
(1) Requires IPI in box 21. Ultra 3000 S
(2)1x
Description Code
AC Lenze Vector 8200 L
Std VersaBlue G
None (Standard) X
Box Pat. Cont. through GS conn. P
Internal Pressure Indication(1) (1) Rockwell PLC only
27 (2) Only with S7 control system None X
Description Code (A in box 36).
Post-filter pressure Indication A
Pre-filter pressure Indication G Box
Box Sensor Type
Pre and Post filter pressure Voltage 39
H 33
Indication Description Code
Description Code
None X PT100 P
200-240 3P  (Red Main Switch,
(1) Output pressure control is 2
3-Pole) Ni‐120 N
standard functionality when 200-240 3P  (Black Main Switch,
pressure indication is selected. B
3-Pole)
380-415 Y (Red Main Switch,
4 Box
4-Pole) Heat Exchanger/ACM
Box 40
External Pressure Inputs 380-415 Y (Black Main Switch,
28 C Description Code
4-Pole)
Description Code Heat Exchanger E
4 inputs F ACM Connectivity A
8 inputs E Heat Exchanger and ACM B
(1)12 inputs T Box
I/O & Indication None X
(1)16 inputs S 34
None X Description Code
(1) Available only with twin tank and Standard -XS2 (Discrete) D
200Lconfigurations. Warning Light Tower W
WLT and Discrete I/O K
None X
Box
Digital Pressure Input
29
Description Code
4 Inputs F Box
Reserved
8 Inputs E 35
12 Inputs T Description Code
None X Reserved X

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-54 Melters

VersaBlue XC Configuration
BASE MELTER

Applicator
Capacity

Pump 3

Pump 4
Pump 2
Pump 1

Pump 5

Pump 7

Pump 8
Casting

Pump 6

Hose/
Control
Tank

Level
VBC - 20H 1 D H H H H X X X X 8
Boxes Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1-4 5-7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Base Melter

Box Box
Tank Capacity Pumps (contd)
5-7 10-17
Description Code DN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr/stream 5
50 liter 050 DN0186 - 8.9 kg/hr/stream 6
50 liter w/ Hopper 50H DN0279 - 13.4 kg/hr/stream 7
100 liter 100 DN0557 - 26.7 kg/hr/stream 8
100 liter w/ Hopper 10H SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr J
200 liter 200 SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr K
200 liter w/ Hopper 20H SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr L
SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr M
SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr N
SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr O
Box SF0240 - ll.9 kg/hr P
Casting
8
SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr Q
Description Code
SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr R
SS pumps only (No DS Allowed) 1
DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream S
DS or SS pumps 2
DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream T
High displacement (PU) pumps only(1) 3
DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream U
(1) Castings machined for specific configuration, cannot be
DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream V
upgraded in the field
DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream W
DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream Y
Box None X
Level Control
9 High Displacement Pumps
Description Code SN1882 - 85.8 kg/hr (PU15/85)(1) A
Level Monitoring L SN3135 - 142.9 kg/hr (PU25/85)(1) B
Level Control w/ BFV (Ni‐120)(1) B SN4390 - 200.1 kg/hr (PU35/85)(1) C
Level Control w/ BFV (PT100)(1) C SN6272 - 286 kg/hr (PU50/85)(1) D
Option B w/ Overfill Prot.(1) P SN11872 - 541.3 kg/hr (PU700)(2) E
Option C w/ Overfill Prot(1) D None X
None X (1) Max 1x on 50L, 2x on 100L and 4x on 200L
(1) Must select quantity of BFV inputs in Box 25 if options B, (2) Max 1x on 50L, 2x on 100L and 2x on 200L.
C, P, or D are configured.

Box Box
Pumps Hose/Applicator Pairs (@ Tank)
10-17 18
Description Code Description Code
SN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr A 2 Hose/Applicator Z
SN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr B 4 Hose/Applicator F
SN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr C 8 Hose/Applicator E
SN0093 - 4.5 kg/hr D 12 Hose/Applicator(1) T
SN0186 - 8.9 kg/h E 16 Hose/Applicator(1) S
SN0371 - 17.8 kg/hr F 1-Ch Han15D (max. 8) #1
#
SN0557 - 26.7 kg/hr I Incl. 24-pin appl. Conns #2-8 each
(1) PLC and Remote Control only (A,B,C,F or T in Box 36).
SN0773 - 37.1 kg/hr G
SN1710 - 82.1 kg/hr H
DN0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream 2
DN0046 - 2.2 kg/hr/stream 3
DN0062 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream 4

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-55

OPTIONS

Solenoid Cont.
Ext. Pressure

Melter Motor
Int. Pressure

Aux. Hose /

Aux. Motor

Exchanger
Filling Port

Air Run-up
Applicator

Applicator
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Indication
Reserved

Reserved

Incication
Return \

System
Voltage

Control
Control

Control
Control

Sensor
Inputs

Type
I/O &

Heat
Flow
X X X X X X 1 X A X X A X X 4 D A A X G P X
Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Options
Box Box Box
Reserved Auxiliary H/A Pairs (@ Elec. Panel) Control System
19-24 30 36
Description Code Description Code Description Code
Reserved X 2 Hose/Applicator(1) A Siemens S7-300 w/ TP270 -
A
6 Hose/Applicator(1) B Profibus
10 Hose/Applicator(1) C Remote S7 Ctrl. w/ Hi-Perf
B
Box None(2) X TempCtrl.
Return Filling Point
25 Remote S7 Ctrl. w/o Hi-Perf
(1) PLC and Remote Control only (A, B, C
Description Code C, F or T in Box 36). TempCtrl.
One Port 1 (2) MandatoryforIPCcontrol(G,E,D,orN IPC G
Two Ports(1) 2 inBox36).AuxH/Gnotavailable. IPC with Ethernet E
Three Ports(2) 3 IPC with Profibus D
Four Ports(2) 4 Box IPC with ControlNet N
Auxiliary Motor Control(1)
31
None X ControlLogix ENet ext. PView1000 F
Description Code
(1) Only available on 100L and 200L. ControlLogix CNet ext. PView1000 T
(2) Only available on 200L. 1x AC PowerFlex 40 (750W)(2) A
1x AC PowerFlex 40 (3.7-kW)(2) E
Box 1x AC Lenze Vector 8200 Box
Flow Control L Air Run-up
26 (550W)(3) 37
Description Code 1x AC Lenze Vector 8200 Description Code
F
(3-kW)(3)
IPI w/ OPC(1) C 4 programmable outputs(1) F
None (Standard) X
Auto flow cont. w/ min speed T 8 programmable outputs(1) E
(1) Not available w/ IPC control.
Auto flow cont. B (2) Only with A-B Control. 12 programmable outputs(1) T
Pressure Build-up(1) N (3) Only w/ S7 or remote control. 16 programmable outputs(1) S
SV w/ Indication (no MPCV) O 6 outputs with IPC(2) 6
None (Standard MPCV) X Box None X
(1) Requires IPI in box 21. Reserved
32 (1) 2PLC and Remote Control only (A,B,C,F
Description Code or T in Box 36).
(2) Connectors w/ power and K-T-L signal.
Box Reserved X
Internal Pressure Indication
27
Box
Description Code Applicator Solenoid Control
38
Post-filter pressure Indication A Box
Voltage Description Code
33
Pre-filter pressure Indication G Std VersaBlue G
Description Code
Pre and Post filter pressure Pat. Cont. through GS conn. P
H 200-240 3P  (Red Main Sw.,
Indication(1) 2
3-Pole) None X
None X
200-240 3P  (Black Main Sw.,
(1) Not available with IPC control (G,E, D, B
3-Pole)
or N in Box 36).
380-415 Y (Red Main Switch, Box
4 Sensor Type
4-Pole) 39
Box Description Code
External Pressure Inputs 380-415 Y (Black Main Switch,
28 C
4-Pole) Pt100 P
Description Code
Ni‐120 N
4 inputs(1) F
8 inputs(1) E Box
I/O & Indication
12 inputs(1) T 34
Box
Description Code Heat Exchanger
16 inputs(1) S 40
# Up to 8 inputs(2) # Standard -XS2 D Description Code
None X Warning Light Tower W Heat Exchanger E
WLT and Discrete I/O K None X
NOTE: Requires IPI in box 21.
(1) Only with PLC control None X
(2) Requires IPC control (G, E, D, or N in
Box 36).
Box
Box Melter Motor Control
Reserved 35
29
Description Code
Description Code
Motor w/ Encoder feedback(1) A
Reserved X
Auxiliary fan (high displacement B
pumps)
None X
(1) PLC and Remote Control only
(A,B,C,F or T in Box 36).

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-56 Melters

Pump Selection: VersaBlue N, XN and XC Adhesive Melters

Legacy Manu- Displacement2 Pump Rates2 @ 80


Pump P/N Type
Description facturer1 cc/rev (in3/rev) RPM kg/hr (lb/hr)
SN0030 7109715 PR2m1 Single Stream Nordson 0.3 (0.02) 1.4 (3.1)
SN0046 729105 PR3m1 Single Stream Nordson 0.46 (0.03) 2.2 (4.9)
SN0062 7116270 PR4m1 Single Stream Nordson 0.62 (0.04) 2.9 (6.4)
SN0093 7104514 PR6m1 Single Stream Nordson 0.93 (0.06) 4.5 (9.9)
SN0186 203708 PR12m1 Single Stream Nordson 1.86 (0.11) 8.9 (19.6)
SN0371 729106 PR12m2 Single Stream Nordson 3.71 (0.23) 17.8 (39.2)
SN0557(3) 7116828 PR18m2 Single Stream Nordson 5.57 (0.34) 26.7 (58.9)
SN0773 729107 PR25m2 Single Stream Nordson 7.73 (0.47) 37.1 (81.8)
SN1710 7116829 PR100m3 Single Stream Nordson 17.10 (1.04) 82.1 (180)
SN1882(4) 291995 PU15/85 Single Stream Nordson 18.82 (1.15) 85.8 (189.2)
SN3135(4) 7104179 PU25/85 Single Stream Nordson 31.35 (1.91) 142.9 (315.3)
SN4390(4) 7104180 PU35/85 Single Stream Nordson 43.9 (2.68) 200.1 (441.2)
SN6272(4) 403729 PU50/85 Single Stream Nordson 62.72 (3.83) 286.0 (630.5)
SN1187(4) 7104181 PU700 Single Stream Nordson 118.72 (7.25) 541.3 (1193.6)
SH0371(5) 7130225 PR12m2, Single Stream Nordson 3.71 (0.23) 17.8 (39.2)
hard
SH0773(5) 7131840 PR25m2, Single Stream Nordson 7.73 (0.47) 37.1 (81.8)
hard
DN0030 7116580 PU2-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 0.3 (0.02) 1.4 (3.1)
DN0046 7104179 PU3-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 0.46 (0.03) 2.2 (4.9)
DN0062 7104180 PU4-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 0.62 (0.04) 2.9 (6.4)
DN0093 7116269 PU6-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 0.93 (0.06) 4.5 (9.9)
DN0186 7104181 PU12-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 1.86 (0.11) 8.9 (19.6)
DN0279 7116268 PU18-2m1 Dual Stream Nordson 2.79 (0.17) 13.4 (29.5)
DN0557(3) 7116830 PU18-2m2 Dual Stream Nordson 5.57 (0.34) 26.7 (58.9)
SF0016 401723 1 x 0.16 Single Stream Feinpruf 0.16 (0.01) 0.8 (1.8)
SF0030 400756 1 x 0.30 Single Stream Feinpruf 0.3 (0.02) 1.4 (3.1)
SF0060 316264 1 x 0.60 Single Stream Feinpruf 0.6 (0.04) 2.9 (6.4)
SF0090 400757 1 x 0.90 Single Stream Feinpruf 0.9 (0.05) 4.3 (9.5)
SF0120 316265 1 x 1.20 Single Stream Feinpruf 1.2 (0.07) 5.7 (12.6)
SF0175 400680 1 x 1.75 Single Stream Feinpruf 1.75 (0.11) 8.4 (18.5)
SF0240 401648 1 x 2.40 Single Stream Feinpruf 2.4 (0.15) 11.9 (26.2)
SF0300 400758 1 x 3.00 Single Stream Feinpruf 3 (0.18) 14.4 (31.7)
SF0450 408403 1 x 4.50 Single Stream Feinpruf 4.5 (0.27) 21.6 (47.6)
DF0016 316125 2 x 0.16 Dual Stream Feinpruf 0.16 (0.01) 0.8 (1.8)
DF0030 401215 2 x 0.30 Dual Stream Feinpruf 0.3 (0.02) 1.4 (3.1)
DF0060 314006 2 x 0.60 Dual Stream Feinpruf 0.6 (0.04) 2.9 (6.4)
DF0120 319287 2 x 1.20 Dual Stream Feinpruf 1.2 (0.07) 5.7 (12.6)
DF0175 403619 2 x 1.75 Dual Stream Feinpruf 1.75 (0.11) 8.4 (18.5)
DF0240 280356 2 x 2.40 Dual Stream Feinpruf 2.4 (0.15) 11.5 (25.4)
1. Feinpruf pumps cannot be combined with other 4. Available on XC configurations only.
pumps.
5. Not available on VersaBlue XN/XC melters.
2. Stated displacement and pump rates are per stream.
3. Available on XC and XN configurations only,

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Melters 1-57

VersaBlue N, XN and XC Adhesive Melters Accessories

Fittings and Accessories

Straight Hose Fittings


VersaBlue N melters ship with one 8 mm hose fitting per stream.

Part Number Description


446617 8 mm
419881 13 mm
203786 16 mm

45 Hose Fitting Adapter


Angle adapter fittings to be used in addition to straight fittings.

Part Number Description


250207 8 mm
252075 13 mm
446611 16 mm

90 Hose Fitting Adapter


Angle adapter fittings to be used in addition to straight fittings.

Part Number Description


252582 8 mm
250208 13 mm
289331 16 mm

VersaBlue N Service Kits

Filter Kits
Part Number Description
7104265 Filter cartridge, Mesh size 0.2 mm, complete
394590 Service Kit, Filter 0.2 mm
203357 Filter cartridge, Mesh size 0.8 mm, complete
7109691 Service Kit, Filter 0.8 mm

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


1-58 Melters

VersaBlue N, XN and XC Adhesive Melters Accessories (contd)

Hose Fittings
Part Number Description
446617 Hose fitting a9/16BUNF-a3/4UNF (NW8) 1 O‐ring included
419881 Hose fitting a3/4UNF-a3/4UNF (NW13) 1 O‐ring included
203786 Hose fitting a1 1.16-12F-a3/4UNF (NW16) 1 O‐ring included

Safety Valves
Part Number Description
207932 Safety valve, 85 bar
7106950 Safety valve w/limit switch, 85 bar
394592 Service Kit, Safety Valve

Control Valves
Part Number Description
203059 Pressure control valve, 90 bar, adjustable
207300 Pressure control valve, pneumatically controlled
394600 Service Kit, Pressure Control Valve

Temperature Sensor
Part Number Description
394597 RTD Sensor Ni120 Kit
7116067 RTD Sensor Pt100 Kit

Casters
Part Number Description
394793 Casters Kit 12, 25, and 50L
7104872 Casters Kit 100L

Light Tower
Part Number Description
394794 Light Tower Kit

Interface Connectors
Part Number Description
729678 Standard I/O Interface (XS2) Kit
729677 Key-to-line (X55) Kit

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-1

SureFoam Dispensing System

Description
The Nordson SureFoam dispensing system mixes
reactive and non‐reactive hot melt adhesive with
inert gas to create a homogenous mixture. As the
material is dispensed, the gas expands to create a
closed‐cell foam. The foamed material can be
applied in swirl or bead patterns using Nordson
dispensing handguns. SureFoam foaming systems
are ideal for a wide variety of adhesive applications
including packaging and assembly, such as
cabinets and automotive.

Manual Density Control


Single adjustment density controls allow for easy
setup of the foam process. Applications requiring
up to 50% density reduction can be easily and
quickly adjusted.

Simple Interface
The design utilizes an input signal from the applicator
to trigger the mixing process. The melter provides
precise, controlled heating and functional interlock.

User Friendly Design


Easy to maintain and service with minimal service items and few moving parts.
Although applied by conventional means, the foamed material provides numerous benefits including:
 Reduce adhesive consumption up to 50%,  Volumetric increase improves gap filling capability for
depending on adhesive. improved bond strength.
 Longer open time increases work time and provides  Improved wetting increases the ability to penetrate
greater flexibility. impervious surfaces.
 Reduced sagging or running for uniform adhesive  Increased penetration creates stronger bonds and
thickness. results in fewer rejects.
 Faster set time increases line speeds and production  Lower heat density reduces heat damage and
rates. Labor is reduced and less warehouse space is improves operator safety.
required for inventory.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-2 Foam Systems

SureFoam Dispensing System (contd)

SureFoam Specifications
Parameter Specification
Holding capacity N/A
Melt rate N/A
Delivery rate(1) 35 kg/hour (77 lb/hr)
Density reduction(1)  50%
Viscosity range(2) 1000-30000 cps
Gas supply Industrial grade nitrogen
1500 psi minimum
Air supply Clean dry compressed air
6 bar (90 psi) max
Temperature range 38 - 232 C (100 - 450 F)
Hose/Applicator or Hose/Handgun capacity Single
Electrical service
 Heaters 240 Volt single phase, 50/60 Hz
700 Watts (supplied by melter)

 Motor/Controls 120 Volt or 240 Volt single phase, 90 watts

Dimensions (L x W x H) 349 mm x 260 mm x 476 mm


13.75 in. x 10.25 in. x 18.75 in.)
Weight (empty) 24 kg (53 lbs.)
Approvals and certifications CE
1. Actual rates can vary depending on adhesive 2. Depends on required delivery rates and desired foam
viscosity and other characteristics. density.

Part Numbers
Part Number Description
1076606 120 Volt, 50/60 Hz mixer motor/control, 240 Volt heater
1076675 240 Volt, 50/60 Hz mixer motor/control, 240 Volt heater
1089072 240 Volt, 50/60 Hz mixer motor/control, 240 Volt heater, PT100

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-3

Ultra FoamMix Cube

Description
The patented Ultra FoamMix System produces
closed‐cell foam from a variety of flowable sealants.
It allows manual or automated application to
components with repeatable performance,
eliminating the need for die‐cut and foam‐tape
gaskets. The system mixes sealant materials or
adhesives with low‐pressure inert gas or plant air to
produce a homogeneous mixture that creates a
closed‐cell foam when dispensed. The system
processes and dispenses high‐performance
materials, including silicones, urethanes and
plastisols at elevated or ambient temperatures.
Because chemicals are not used, material
composition remains unchanged. Foamed materials
retain basic physical properties such as temperature
and chemical resistance.

In bonding applications the Ultra FoamMix system


dramatically improves the performance of most hot
melt materials and provides significant material
savings at the same time.

Straight‐forward PLC controls use a user‐friendly


touch‐screen programmed to display and operate in
local languages. The controller can be cart mounted
so it can be positioned or moved as needed within
the 10‐meter cable length. And, the Ultra FoamMix
PLC integrates system components like VDK
applicators and material supply systems. A
standard Ethernet connection is used for Gas content of foamed materials can be adjusted to
communication to simplify worldwide control mechanical properties such as material
troubleshooting and technical support. durometer, compression set resistance and
flexibility.

Advanced Application Technology


 Reduced adhesive consumption of up to 50 percent.  Improved wetting increases the ability to bond
 Increased open time provides greater process impervious surfaces and enhances application
flexibility. versatility.
 Lower heat density helps reduce substrate heat
 Faster set time for increased line speeds and
damage while improving operator safety.
production rates. Labor is reduced and less
warehouse space is required for inventory.  Reduced sagging or running for uniform adhesive
thickness.
 Volumetric increase for greater gap filing capabilities.
 Increased penetration creates stronger bonds and
results in fewer rejects.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-4 Foam Systems

Ultra FoamMix Cube (contd)

General Specification
 Compact, service‐friendly design  Permanent sensor failure monitoring with visual
 Siemens S7 PLC with intuitive touch panel for easy display
operation and displays of all process parameters in  Dry output contacts for Alarm and Ready signal
many local languages
 0-10 Volt interface for external pump control
 Integrated control of VDK applicators and material
 Week/Day timer (PLC)
supply system (when specified as complete system)
 Free selection of foam percentage from 0% (solid) up
 Start‐up pressure control
to 70% foam (gas ratio) depending on material  Choice of temperature sensor PT100, Ni‐120,
 Foam unit for the generation of fine pored foam and Fe-CuNi
higher foam ratios  Ethernet connection for remote diagnostics & service
Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens. AG.

Ultra FoamMix Specifications (special stand‐alone foam cube)


Parameter Specification*
Foam Station pump sizes (1) Up to 25 liters/hour
up to 40 liters/hour
up to 80 liters/hour
up to 160 liters/hour
Gas injection Nitrogen or plant air (low pressure)
Electrical Service (2) 3x 400 VAC + N + PE
Max. adhesive pressure bar (psi) 100 (1450)
Max. operating temperature C (F) 250 (478)
Temperature sensors PT100 / Ni‐120/ Fe-CuNi
Hose connections 8, 13, 16, 20mm
No. of material outlets 1 or 2

* This is a generic specification. Exact specifications of Engineered Systems are valid with order confirmation
only.
1. Maximum output rate depends on material and foam 2. Transformer may be needed for any other local
rate. power supply

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-5

Ultra FoamMix Cube (contd)

Dimensions

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-6 Foam Systems

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-7

Ultra FoamMix EX Extruder Systems

Description
A Nordson Extruder is the first choice when
processing ”difficult” adhesives like Polyamide,
Polyester or Polyolefin (APAO). These adhesives
ask for a closed system to avoid degradation of the
adhesive through carbonization and consequently
loss of bonding performance or other problems
caused within the system.

Extruders enable homogeneous melting in a fully


closed ”melt‐on‐demand” system to provide a safe
and reliable application process.

Nordson extruders offer the fastest, easiest


adhesive changes possible compared to other
melters without time‐ and cost‐intensive cleaning
procedures.

The Nordson Ultra FoamMix EX Extruder offers a


low‐maintenance, user‐friendly solution to improve
mechanical properties of adhesives and provide
material savings with a variety of high‐performance
materials. Straight‐forward PLC controls provide a
user‐friendly touch‐screen programmed to display
Demanding materials like Polyamide or Polyolefin and operate in local languages. And, the Ultra
as well as other thermoplastics are foamed by low FoamMix Extruder controls easily integrate with the
pressure nitrogen injection without chemicals so parent machine controls.
they retain their basic physical properties.
Gas content of foamed materials can be adjusted to
control mechanical properties such as material
durometer, compression set resistance and
flexibility.

Advanced Application Technology


The Nordson Ultra FoamMix process dramatically improves the performance of most hot melt adhesives by
mixing them with gas, creating a homogeneous solution. As the material is dispensed, the gas expands to
create a closed‐cell foam. The foamed material is applied like the more conventional approaches, but
provides the following benefits:
 Reduced adhesive consumption of up to 50 percent.  Improved wetting increases the ability to bond
 Increased open time provides greater process Impervious surfaces and enhances application
flexibility. versatility.
 Lower heat density helps reduce heat damage while
 Faster set time for increased line speeds and
improving operator safety.
production rates. Labor is reduced and less
warehouse space is required for inventory.  Reduced sagging or running for uniform adhesive
thickness.
 Volumetric increase for greater gap filing capabilities.
 Increased penetration creates stronger bonds and
results in fewer rejects.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-8 Foam Systems

Ultra FoamMix EX Extruder Systems (contd)

General Specification
 Compact, service‐friendly design  Provide key‐to‐line interaction with parent machine
 PLC control standard: easy integration into existing through documented interfaces
production lines  Visual display of process data
 Profibus interface  ChemCoat coated conical feeding hopper provide
safe material supply
 Ethernet connection for remote diagnostics and
service
 Cylinder and screw manufactured from tempered
nitrified steel providing a extremely long lifetime
 Intuitive graphical touch panel in local languages
 Integrated Ultra FoamMix unit

ChemCoat is a registered trademark of Impreglon GmbH.

Control System
Siemens S7 PLC with touch panel (5.7 in. or 10.4 in.)
 Start‐up circuit that monitors temperature drops and  Permanent sensor failure monitoring with visual
temperature fluctuations for all heating zones display
 All process parameter settings programmable  Zero potential output contacts for reporting
temperature drops and temperature fluctuations, and
 Multiple storage capability provides easy program
ready for operation signal.
selection
 Electronic pressure control for manual and automatic
 Free selection of foam percentage from 0% (solid) up operation with excess pressure cutoff
to 70% foam (gas ratio) depending on material  Pressure build‐up control with automatic switch‐over
to speed regulation during head control
Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens. AG.

Parameter Specification*
EX 30 UFM EX 60 UFM
Max. Throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) (1) 30 (66) 60 (132)
Foam output L/hr (in/hr) (2) 60 (3660) 120 (7323)
Hopper Volume L (in.) 40 (2640) 60 (3960)
Rated Power of main drive kW 11 19.4
Rated Power of UFM drives kW 4.4 6.6
Rated Heating Power kW (3) 25.6 30.4
Electrical Service (4) 3x 400VAC + N+ PE
Max. adhesive pressure bar (psi) 100 (1450)
Max. operating temperature C (F) 250 (478)
Temperature sensors PT100 / Fe-CuNi
Hose connections 8, 13, 16, 20 mm
No. of adhesive outputs 1 or 2

* This is a generic specification. Exact specifications of Engineered Systems are valid with order confirmation
only.
1. Maximum output rate depends on adhesive; 3. Heating Power without hoses and applicators
indication is based on Polyamide.
4. Transformer may be needed for any other local
2. Based on 50% gas. Up to 70% gas content possible. power supply
Maximum Foam rate depends on adhesive properties
and process parameters.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-9

Ultra FoamMix EX Extruder Systems (contd)

Dimensions

EX 30 UFM

EX 60 UFM

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-10 Foam Systems

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-11

Ultra FoamMix PH Tank Systems

Description
The Nordson Ultra FoamMix PH Tanks offer a
user‐friendly solution to improve mechanical
properties of adhesives and provide material
savings with a variety of high‐performance
materials.

Preferably non‐critical adhesives which do not react


with oxygen including PSAs are foamed by injecting
low‐pressure gas into the molten adhesive.
Foaming without chemicals ensures materials retain
their basic physical properties and is a sustainable
for the environment.

Straight‐forward PLC controls use a user‐friendly


touch‐screen programmed to display and operate in
local languages. And, the Ultra FoamMix Tank
controls easily integrate with the parent machine
controls.

Gas content of foamed materials can be adjusted to


control mechanical properties such as material
durometer, compression set resistance and
flexibility. Low‐pressure gassing allows use of
various gas supplies including inert gases or
compressed air (depending on material).

Advanced Application Technology


The Nordson Ultra FoamMix process dramatically improves the performance of most hot melt adhesives by
mixing them with gas, creating a homogeneous solution. As the material is dispensed, the gas expands to
create a closed‐cell foam. The foamed material is applied like the more conventional approaches, but
provides the following benefits:
 Reduced adhesive consumption of up to 50 percent.  Improved wetting increases the ability to bond
 Increased open time provides greater process impervious surfaces and enhances application
flexibility. versatility.
 Lower heat density helps reduce heat damage while
 Faster set time for increased line speeds and
improving operator safety.
production rates. Labor is reduced and less
warehouse space is required for inventory.  Reduced sagging or running for uniform adhesive
thickness.
 Volumetric increase for greater gap filing capabilities.
 Increased penetration creates stronger bonds and
results in fewer rejects.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-12 Foam Systems

Ultra FoamMix PH Tank Systems (contd)

General Specification
 VX anti‐stick and anti‐oxidation coating for all  Dry output contacts for reporting temperature drops
surfaces coming into contact with hot melt. and temperature excursions as well as ready for
 Siemens S7 PLC with intuitive touch panel for easy operation signal
operation and displays of all process parameters in  Double over‐temperature protection
local languages  Freely programmable limit values in the PLC
 Profibus interface
 Safety fuses
 Ethernet connection for remote diagnostics and
 Plug‐in pre‐melt register
service
 Free selection of foam percentage from 0% (solid) up  Foam circulation mode optional
to 70% foam (gas ratio) (depending on material)  Key‐to‐line function
 Selective temperature setbacks for prolonged  Week/Day timer (via PLC)
production breaks  Start‐up pressure control incl. sensor hoop guard
 Permanent sensor failure monitoring with visual
display
Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens. AG.

Specification*
Parameter
PH 100 UFM PH 200 UFM PH 400 UFM
Max. Melt rate kg/hr (lb/hr) (1) 100 (220) 200 (440) 400 (880)
Foam output L/hr (in/hr) (2) 100 (6102) 200 (1204) 400 (24408)
Tank Volume L (in.) 100 (6102) 200 (1204) 400 (24408)
Rated Power of UFM drives kW 5.6 9.8 15
Rated Heating Power kW (3) 30 50 65
Electrical Service (4) 3 x 400 VAC + N+ PE
Max. adhesive pressure bar (psi) 100 (1450)
Max. operating temperature C (F) 250 (478)
Temperature sensors PT100 / Ni‐120/ Fe-CuNi
Hose connections 8, 13, 16, 20 mm
No. of UFM units 1 1 to 2 1 to 3
No. of adhesive outputs 1 or 2 per UFM unit

* This is a generic specification. Exact specifications of Engineered Systems are valid with order confirmation
only.
1. Maximum output rate depends on adhesive. 3. Heating Power without hoses and applicators
2. Foam rate depends on adhesive as well as on 4. Transformer may be needed for any other local
custom specification of the UFM unit. power supply

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-13

Ultra FoamMix PH Tank Systems (contd)

Dimensions
PH 100 UFM PH 400 UFM

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-14 Foam Systems

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-15

FoamMelt Processors

Description
FoamMelt FM200 processors melt thermoplastic
adhesives and sealants, mix them in solution with
precisely controlled quantities of an inert gas
(CO2 or N2) via a two‐stage gear pump, and deliver
a foam hot melt of uniform density.

Processors include adjustable foam density control,


individual temperature control of heat zones,
temperature control accuracy to within  0.5 C
(1 F) of setpoint, overtemperature protection, and
electrical quick disconnects for hoses, applicators
and solenoids.

The FoamMelt processor line includes a wide


selection of models with varying capacities,
reservoir types, melt rates and controls to meet
specific adhesive and application requirements.
 Provide individual temperature adjustments for tank
and/or grid and reservoir.
 Include 3 horsepower, variable‐speed AC electric  Include a density controller assembly for handling hot
drive. melt viscosity ranges of 1,000 to 40,000 cps,
including general purpose hot melts with relatively
long pot lives and pressure‐sensitives.
 Electronics meet IEC norms for static discharge and
coupled‐noise immunity.

Front Mounted Hydraulic System Controls


The FM 200 unit incorporates the advanced Vista control system, which improves productivity by automating
many operator functions. Vista controls offer the following features:
 Superior noise immunity through advanced  Programmable temperature alarm bands for each
components and design techniques. zone monitors and identifies potential problems
 Fully‐compatible with existing Nordson RTD before operation is effected. Other programmable
applicators and hoses. features include over‐temperature setpoint,
sequential or simultaneous start‐up, display of heater
 Control design permits customization of most system proportioning, and Celsius or Fahrenheit display.
settings with password protection to minimize
unauthorized access. Easy‐to‐operate control  Output contacts for System‐Ready, Fault and
membrane with bright LED displays of actual and Warning functions allow automated remote
setpoint temperatures provide quick verification of all monitoring of system status.
heat zones.  Advanced diagnostics quickly locate a fault condition
 Standard 7‐day clock with manual override allows to help facilitate servicing.
automatic start‐up and shutdown for each day of the
week. Reduced‐temperature standby mode
minimizes adhesive degradation and lowers unit
energy consumption during idle periods.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-16 Foam Systems

FoamMelt Processors (contd)

Features and Benefits


 Enhanced system provides advanced controls,  The pressure control valve, the filter/density controller
improved serviceability and pinpoint temperature and the drain valve are all front mounted to provide
control. easy access for maintenance.
 Utilizes a patented process to improve material  Advanced Vista control system improves productivity
performance. The foaming process mixes inert gas by automating many operator functions.
with the hot melt material for increased open times  A density sensor located in the filter/density controller
and reduced material usage. automatically monitors and adjusts the gas/adhesive
mix.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Reservoir type Grid/reservoir and warm hopper
Holding capacity kg (lb) Grid/reservoir/hopper 32 (70)
Melt rate(1) kg/hr (lb/hr) 46 (100)
Pump type Two‐stage gear pump
Maximum pump rate kg/hr (lb/hr)
MCDR(2) 25 (55) standard pump, 34 (75) high output pump
MIDR(3)
Maximum pump speed rpm 900
Motor rating AC variable‐speed, 3 HP
Inert gas supply (industrial grade CO2 or N2) 207-345 (30-50)
kPa (psi)
Recommended operating air pressure (dry, filtered) 620-830 (90-120)
kPa (psi)
Viscosity range centipoise 1,000-40,000
Type manifold External circulating
Operating temperature ranges 38 - 205 C (100 - 400 F)
Hose ports (Hydraulic) 4 (2 supply, 2 return)
Hose capacity (Electric) 6
Applicator capacity (Electric) 4
Electrical service
 Amperage (maximum) 47 A
 Voltage 220‐240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3
400/230V, 50 Hz, 3/N/PE, 27 A

Maximum system power capacity @ 230 VAC 15.0 kW (43 A)


Weight kg (lb) 130 (285)
Approvals and certifications CE
1. Actual rate can vary depending on adhesive viscosity 3. Maximum Instantaneous Delivery Rate @ 50%
and other characteristics. density reduction and 50% applicator duty cycle ‐ 1.0
second.
2. Maximum Continuous Delivery Rate @ 50% density
reduction.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Foam Systems 2-17

FoamMelt Processors (contd)

Selection Chart
200 Series FoamMelt Processors
Part Number Description
1001601 FM 200, 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3, without neutral, standard pump
1001602 FM 200, 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3, without neutral, hi‐output pump
1001603 FM 200, 400/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3, with neutral, standard pump
1001604 FM 200, 400/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3, with neutral, hi‐output pump

Accessories
200 Series FoamMelt Processors
Accessory P/N Description Comment
H‐20 and H‐200/Blue 310197 H‐20 applicator kit Do not use with waterwash
Series applicator hoses.
installation kits 310198 H‐200/Blue Series applicator kit
Hose installation kits 310790 Standard hose, 90
non‐circulating 310791 Standard hose, 45
applicators
310792 Standard hose, straight
Handgun installation kit 111094 1.8 m (6 ft) automatic hose, 5/8 in. For recirculation loop.
dead‐end handguns 972120 Handgun hose connector Order one for each handgun.
303536 5/ in. hose‐to‐manifold fitting
16
Electrical extension 115577 1.8 m (6 ft) extension cord Order to connect jumper
cords hoses to unit.
115578 3.7 m (12 ft) extension cord
115579 5.5 m (18 ft) extension cord
Hose fittings, 5/8 in. 719042 Automatic hose installation kit
hoses 719023 Hose‐to‐manifold fitting
972036 Hose to manifold, 90
719024 Hose‐to‐applicator fitting (straight)
719047 Hose‐to‐applicator fitting (45)
Gas installation kits 271382 Carbon dioxide gas installation kit
273170 Nitrogen gas installation kit
Density control/filter 142523 One‐hole slug for low‐viscosity materials
assemblies 142522 Two‐hole slug for medium‐viscosity materials Shipped with unit.
142517 Four‐hole slug for high‐viscosity materials

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


2-18 Foam Systems

FoamMelt Processors (contd)

Dimensions

200 Series FoamMelt Processors

81 cm
(32 in.)

107 cm
(42 in.) 71 cm
(28 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-1

VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters

Description
Nordson VersaDrum bulk melters are designed for
precise demanding hot melt adhesive application
from 200‐liter or 55‐gallon drums. With a variety of
pump types and sizes, VersaDrum melters are
customizable to accommodate a wide variety of
adhesives and meet specific manufacturing
requirements. A powerful industrial PC provides full
control of the adhesive system via a touch‐screen
interface and displays messages, warnings, and
indicators for every operator activity and machine
status condition.

VersaDrum bulk melters only melt the top surface of


adhesive allowing the remaining material in the drum
to stay solid to reduce thermal stress and protect
bonding characteristics. Particularly well‐suited for
reactive adhesives, such as moisture‐cure
polyurethanes, the hydraulic passages are designed
to eliminate dead spaces where undesired curing
could result.

For applications that require continuous operation,


Nordson's automatic changeover system links two
bulk melters together to eliminate the downtime
associated with drum changes.

Standard Features
VersaDrum melters:
 Graphical, touch‐screen control
 Simplify installation and set‐up
 Single‐side access for controls and drum changes
 Provide easy day‐to‐day operation
 Variable speed motors
 Offer production flexibility
 Precision gear pumps
 Protect adhesive integrity
 Pressure control valve
 Manual or automatic aeration systems
 Adjustable drum clamp
 Modular, non‐stick axial, finned and smooth melt
platens

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-2 Bulk Melters

VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter VersaDrum Bulk Melter 200 liter
Type of System Gear pumps with variable speed AC motors
Drum diameter 571 mm (22.5 in) or [Japan only 567 mm (22.3 in)]
(Drum volume) (200 liter / 55 gallon)
Maximum Pump Rate1 270 kg/hour (595 lb/hr)
Platen surface Finned (high melt), Axial or Smooth
Number of 2 standard (hydraulic & electrical)
Hose/Applicator Pairs up to 6 additional (electrical only)
Maximum Working 100 bar (1500 psi)
Hydraulic Pressure 200 bar (3000 psi) - HP piston pump only
Operating Temperature
40 to 230 C (100 to 450 F)
Range
Ambient Temperature
‐5 to 40 C (23 to 100 F)
Range
Temperature Control
 1 C (2 F)
Stability
Temperature Sensor Ni 120 (or PT‐100 optional)
Electrical Service2 200 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 phase Y 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
480 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
575 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
Maximum System Power
39 kW
Capacity
Weight (empty)3 672 kg (1482 lb)
Protection IP54
Approvals CE
Options Output pressure control - flow control bypass or Automatic pressure control
Profibus‐DP, ControlNet, or EtherNet/IP Communications
6 Additional temperature channels
Pump choices - single stream, dual stream, hardened, or two pumps
Fiber drum jacket
Automatic or Manual aeration system
Retractable drip shield
Exhaust hood
Warning light tower
Pallet load frame

1. Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters and input voltage.
2. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%
3. Weight depends on melter configuration.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-3

VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters (contd)

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.) VersaDrum
Width (W) 1520 mm (59.9 in.)
Height (H) 3010 mm (118.5 in.)
Depth (D) 740 mm (29.2 in.)
Installation (service) dimensions
 Width 2100 mm (82.7 in.)
 Height 3010 mm (118.5 in.)
 Depth 1103 mm (43.5 in.)

3010

1520

580
87

740

276

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-4 Bulk Melters

VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters (contd)

VersaDrum Configuration
BASE MELTER

Number of
Melter Type Platen Container Hose/ Maximum Temperature
Surface Diameter Voltage Pump Applicator Temperature
/
Sensor
Pairs

Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box


1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Base Melter

Box Box
Melter Type Pumps (contd.)
1-6 10
Description Code SH0557 − 26.7 kg/hr (Hardened − PR18m2NH) S
VD200- SH0773 − 37.1 kg/hr (Hardened − PR25m2NH) R
GH1160 − 55.7 kg/hr (Hardened Tool Steel Gerotor) T
SH1891 − 90.8 kg/hr (Hardened − PU15/85-NH) U
SH3135 − 150.5 kg/hr (Hardened − PU25/85-NH) V
Box
Platen Surface SH4390 − 210.7 kg/hr (Hardened − PU35/85-NH) W
7 SH6272 − 301.1 kg/hr (Hardened PU50/85-NH) Z
Description Code DN0093 − 2x4.5 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU6-2m1) 1
Smooth Surface U DN0186 − 2x8.9 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU12-2m1) 2
Axial Fins R DN0371 − 2x17.8 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU12-2m2) 3
Finned - High Melt P DN0557 − 2x26.7 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU18-2m2) 4
DN0773 − 2x37.1 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU25-2m2) 5
Piston Pump − Low Pressure (100 bar) Configuration B
Piston Pump − High Pressure (200 bar) Configuration A
Box
Container Diameter
8
Description Code
571 mm Drum (Worldwide Standard) D Box
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs
567 mm Drum (Japan Only) J 11
Description Code
2 Hose/Applicator Pairs (Primary Connections at Platen) 2
4 Hose/Applicator Pairs (2 Additional Connections) 4
Box
Voltage 6 Hose/Applicator Pairs (4 Additional Connections) 6
9
8 Hose/Applicator Pairs (6 Additional Connections) 8
Description Code
200VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 2
240VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 3
400VAC 3 Phase WYE 50/60 Hz 4 Box
400VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 5 Maximum Temperature
12
480VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 6
Description Code
575VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 7
150 C / 300 F L
180 C / 350 F M
230 C / 450 F H
Box
Pumps
10
Description Code
SN0371 − 17.8 kg/hr (Standard − PR12m2) F Box
Temperature Sensor
SN0557 − 26.7 kg/hr (Standard − PR18m2) C 13
SN0773 − 37.1 kg/hr (Standard − PR25m2) G Description Code
GN1160 − 55.7 kg/hr (Standard Gerotor Pump) H Ni-120 Sensors N
SN1891 − 90.8 kg/hr (Standard − PU15/85) J PT-100 Sensors P
SN3135 − 150.5 kg/hr (Standard − PU25/85) K
SN4390 − 210.7 kg/hr (Standard − PU35/85) L
SN6272 − 301.1 kg/hr (Standard − PU50/85) M
SH0371 − 17.8 kg/hr (Hardened − PR12m2NH) P

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-5

VersaDrum 200‐liter or 55‐gallon Drum Melters (contd)

OPTIONS

Reserved for
Main Switch
Drum Clamp

future use
Light Tower

Two Pump
Communi‐
Aeration

Indication
Pressure

Options

Selection

Exhaust
System

Pressure
Fittings

Options
Reserved for
or Jacket

Control

Warning

cations

Frame
Hose

Hood

Option
Pallet
Load
Filter
Host
future use

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Options

Box Box
Hose Fittings Main Switch Options
15 21
Description Code Description Code
8 mm (5/16 in.) and 16 mm (5/8”) Hose Fittings X Red − 3 Pole X
22 mm (7/8 in.) Hose Fitting K Red − 4 Pole 1
28 mm (1-1/8 in.) Hose Fittings M Black − 3 Pole 2
Black − 4 Pole 3

Box
Drum Clamp or Jacket
16 Box
Description Code
Hose Communications
22
With Drum Clamp P Description Code
Fiber Drum Jacket F None X
Profibus-DP D
ControlNet N
Box EtherNet/IP E
Aeration System
17
Description Code
Automatic A
Manual X
Box
Retractable Drip Shield
23
Description Code
None X
Box With Retractable Drip Shield D
Pressure Control Options
18
Description Code
Manual Pressure Control Valve X Box
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve M
Exhaust Hood
24
Automatic Pressure Control P Description Code
Flow Control ByPass F None X
Output Pressure Control C With Exhaust Hood E

Box
Pressure Indication Box
19 Pallet Load Frame
26
Description Code
Description Code
None X
None X
Pressure Indication A
With Pallet Load Frame W

Box Box
Light Tower Two Pump Option
20 27
Description Code
Description Code
None X
None X
With Light Tower W
Two Pumps with Single Key-to-Line for both D
Two Pumps with Individual Key-to-Line per drive K

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-6 Bulk Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-7

VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters

Description
Nordson VersaPail bulk melters are designed for
precise demanding hot melt adhesive application
from 20‐liter or 5‐gallon pails. With a variety of pump
types and sizes, VersaPail melters are customizable
to accommodate a wide variety of adhesives and
meet specific manufacturing requirements. A
powerful industrial PC provides full control of the
adhesive system via a touch‐screen interface and
displays messages and indicators for each operator
activity and every machine status condition.

VersaPail bulk melters only melt the top surface of


adhesive allowing the remaining material in the pail to
stay solid to reduce thermal stress and protect
bonding characteristics. Particularly well‐suited for
reactive adhesives, such as moisture‐cure
polyurethanes, the hydraulic passages are designed
to eliminate dead spaces where undesired curing
could result.

For applications that require continuous operation,


Nordson's automatic changeover system links two
bulk melters together to eliminate the downtime
associated with pail changes.

VersaPail melters:
 Simplify installation and set‐up
 Provide easy day‐to‐day operation Standard Features
 Offer production flexibility  Graphical, touch‐screen control

 Protect adhesive integrity  Single‐side access for controls and pail changes
 Variable speed motors
 Precision gear pumps
 Pressure control valve
 Manual or automatic aeration systems
 Pail centering and clamping for accurate pail
positioning and control

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-8 Bulk Melters

VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter VersaPail Bulk Melter 20 liter
Type of System Gear pumps with variable speed AC motors
Drum diameter 280 mm (11 in) or 286 mm (11.3 in)
(Drum volume) (20 liter / 5 gallon)
Maximum Pump Rate1 92 kg/hour (203 lb/hr)
Platen surface Axial or Smooth
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs 2 standard (hydraulic & electrical)
up to 4 additional (electrical only)
Maximum Working Hydraulic 100 bar (1500 psi)
Pressure 200 bar (3000 psi) - HP piston pump only
Operating Temperature Range 40 to 230 C (100 to 450 F)
Ambient Temperature Range ‐5 to 40 C (23 to 100 F)
Temperature Control Stability  1 C (2 F)
Temperature Sensor Ni 120 (or PT‐100 optional)
Electrical Service2 200 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 phase Y 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
480 VAC 3 phase delta 50/60 Hz
Maximum System Power
21 kW
Capacity
Weight (empty)3 332 kg (732 lb)
Protection IP54
Approvals CE
Options Output pressure control - flow control bypass or Automatic pressure control
Profibus‐DP, ControlNet, or EtherNet/IP Communications
4 Additional temperature channels
Pump choices - single stream, dual stream, hardened, or two pumps
Automatic or Manual aeration system
Casters
Exhaust hood
Warning light tower

1. Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters and input voltage.
2. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%
3. Weight depends on melter configuration.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-9

VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters (contd)

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.) VersaPail
Width (W) 1190 mm (46.9 in.)
Height (H) 1920 mm (75.6 in.)
Depth (D) 540 mm (21.3 in.)
Installation (service) dimensions
 Width 1570 mm (61.8 in.)
 Height 1920 mm (75.6 in.)
 Depth 903 mm (35.6 in.)

1920

1190

380
87

540

276

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-10 Bulk Melters

VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters (contd)

VersaPail Configuration
BASE MELTER

Number of
Melter Type Platen Container Hose/ Maximum Temperature
Surface Diameter Voltage Pump Applicator Temperature
/
Sensor
Pairs

Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box


1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Base Melter

Box Box
Melter Type Pumps (contd.)
1-6 10
Description Code SH0186 − 8.9 kg/hr (Hardened − PR12m1NH) Q
VP020-- SH0371 − 17.8 kg/hr (Hardened − PR12m2NH) P
SH0557 − 26.7 kg/hr (Hardened − PR18m2NH) S
SH0773 − 37.1 kg/hr (Hardened − PR25m2NH) R
GH1160 − 55.7 kg/hr (Hardened Tool Steel Gerotor) T
Box DN0093 − 2x4.5 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU6-2m1) 1
Platen Surface
7 DN0186 − 2x8.9 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU12-2m1) 2
Description Code DN0371 − 2x17.8 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU12-2m2) 3
Smooth Surface U DN0557 − 2x26.7 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU18-2m2) 4
Axial Fins R DN0773 − 2x37.1 kg/hr (Dual Stream − DS-PU25-2m2) 5
Piston Pump − Low Pressure (100 bar) Configuration B
Piston Pump − High Pressure (200 bar) Configuration A

Box
Container Diameter
8
Description Code Box
280 mm Pail (Europe) K
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs
11
286 mm Pail (North America and Asia) N Description Code
2 Hose/Applicator Pairs (Primary Connections at Platen) 2
4 Hose/Applicator Pairs (2 Additional Connections) 4
6 Hose/Applicator Pairs (4 Additional Connections) 6
Box
Voltage
9
Description Code
200VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 2 Box
Maximum Temperature
240VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 3 12
400VAC 3 Phase WYE 50/60 Hz 4 Description Code
400VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hx 5 150 C / 300 F L
480VAC 3 Phase Delta 50/60 Hz 6 180 C / 350 F M
230 C / 450 F H

Box
Pumps Box
10 Temperature Sensor
Description Code 13
SN0093 − 4.5 kg/hr (Standard − PR6m1) D Description Code
SN0186 − 8.9 kg/hr (Standard − PR12m1) E Ni-120 Sensors N
SN0371 − 17.8 kg/hr (Standard − PR12m2) F PT-100 Sensors P
SN0557 − 26.7 kg/hr (Standard − PR18m2) C
SN0773 − 37.1 kg/hr (Standard − PR25m2) G
GN1160 − 55.7 kg/hr (Standard Gerotor Pump) H
SH0093 − 4.5 kg/hr (Hardened − PR6m1NH) N

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-11

VersaPail 20‐liter or 5‐gallon Pail Melters (contd)

OPTIONS

Light Tower
Pail Clamp

Main Switch

Communi‐
Indication
Pressure
Aeration

Warning
Pressure

Casters
System

Exhaust
Options
Fittings

Control

cations
Options
Hose

Hood
Host
Reserved for future use

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Options

Box Box
Hose Fittings Light Tower
15 20
Description Code Description Code
8 mm (5/16 in.) and 16 mm (5/8 in.) Hose Fittings X None X
With Light Tower W

Box
Pail Clamp Box
16 Main Switch Options
Description Code
21
With Pail Clamp P Description Code

Without Pail Clamp X Red − 3 Pole X


Red − 4 Pole 1
Black − 3 Pole 2
Black − 4 Pole 3

Box
Aeration System
17
Description Code Box
Automatic A Hose Communications
22
Manual X
Description Code
None X
Profibus-DP D
ControlNet N
Box EtherNet/IP E
Pressure Control Options
18
Description Code
Manual Pressure Control Valve X
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve M
Box
Automatic Pressure Control P Casters
23
Flow Control ByPass F
Description Code
Output Pressure Control C
None X
With Casters C

Box
Pressure Indication
19
Description Code Box
None X
Exhaust Hood
24
Pressure Indication A Description Code
None X
With Exhaust Hood E

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-12 Bulk Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-13

DuraDrum Bulk Melters

Description
DuraDrum bulk melters are designed to provide
simple, low‐maintenance application of hot melt
adhesives, sealants and butyls from 200‐liter or
55‐gallon drums. Many standard features, such as
manual pressure control and blow‐off valves, simplify
daily operation and maintenance, helping increase
productivity. Choices of platen surfaces and gear
pumps give DuraDrum bulk melters flexibility to meet
a variety of production demands.

DuraDrum bulk melters only melt the top surface of


adhesive, allowing the remaining material in the drum
to stay solid. This reduces thermal stress on
temperature sensitive materials and protects the
bonding characteristics.

A graphical, membrane control panel simplifies


programming and displays system status. The
versatile control panel provides programming by
either they keypad or arrow keys.
 Modular, non‐stick axial, finned and smooth melt
platens for quick change and easy clean‐up
 Dual hose/applicator configuration allows supply of two
independent applications from a single bulk melter
 Up to eight additional temperature control channels to
control downstream hoses and applicators
 Manual pressure control valve to control adhesive
application pressure
 Integral, programmable seven‐day clock
 Handgun trigger connections - pump can be turned
on/off with handgun trigger to minimize adhesive
degradation
 Uses standard 3000 style Ni‐120 Nordson hoses and
applicators

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-14 Bulk Melters

DuraDrum Bulk Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Type of system Gear pumps with fixed speed AC motor
Drum diameter mm (in.) 571 or 567 (22.5 or 22.3)
Maximum pump rate(1) kg/hr (lb/hr) 245 (450)
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs 2 (hydraulic & electrical)
2 additional (electrical only)
Maximum working hydraulic pressure 100 bar (1500 psi)
Operating temperature range 40-230 C (100-450 F)
Ambient temperature range ‐5 to 50 C (23 to 122 F)
Temperature control stability  1 C (2 F)
Temperature sensor Ni‐120
Electrical service(2) 200 VAC 3  delta 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 Y 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
480 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
575 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
Maximum system power capacity 33,100 watts
Weight(3) kg (lb) (empty) 675 (1488)
Input/Output capability 3 STD Outputs - programmable for function
4 STD Inputs - programmable for function
Protection IP54

1. Actual rates vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters, and input voltage
2. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%.
3. Weight depends on melter configuration.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-15

DuraDrum Bulk Melters (contd)

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.) DuraDrum
Width (W) 1570 mm (61.8 in.)
Height (H) 3010 mm (118.5 in.)
Depth (D) 740 mm (29.1 in.)
Installation (service) dimensions
 Width 2100 mm (82.7 in.)
 Height 3010 mm (118.5 in.)
 Depth 1105 mm (343.5 in.)

3010

1570

740

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-16 Bulk Melters

DuraDrum Bulk Melters (contd)

DuraDrum Configurations
BASE MELTER
Melter Platen Container Number of Hose/ Maximum Temperature
Type Surface Diameter Voltage Pump Applicator Pairs Temperature
/
Sensor
Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Base Melter
Box Box
Platen Surface Pump Type (contd.)
7 10
Description Code SN4390‐3.90 cc/rev
L
(Standard‐PU35/85)
Smooth Surface U
Axial Fins R SN6272‐62.72 cc/rev
M
(Standard‐PU50/85)
Finned - high melt P
SH0371‐3.71cc/rev
P
(Hardened‐PR6m1NH)
Box SH0557‐5.57cc/rev
Container Diameter S
8 (Hardened‐PR6m1NH)
Description Code SH0773‐11.60cc/rev
R
571 mm Drum (Worldwide Standard) D (Hardened‐PR6m1NH)
567 mm Drum (Japan Only) J GH1160‐11.60 cc/rev
T
(Hardened Gerotor)
SH1891‐18.91cc/rev
Box U
Voltage (Hardened‐PU15/85NH)
9
SH3135‐31.35cc/rev
Description Code V
(Hardened‐PU25/85NH)
200 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 2 SH4390‐43.90cc/rev
W
240 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 3 (Hardened‐PU35/85NH)
400 VAC 3 phase WYE 50/60 Hz 4 SH6272‐62.72cc/rev
Z
400 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 5 (Hardened‐PU50/85NH)
480 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 6
575 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 7 Box
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs
11
Box Description Code
Pump Type 6 H/G pairs (2 @ Platen and 2
10 6
additional)
Description Code
SN0371‐3.71 cc/rev
F
(Standard‐PR12m2) Box
Maximum Temperature
SN0557‐5.57 cc/rev 12
C
(Standard‐PR18m2) Description Code
SN0773‐7.73 cc/rev 150 C / 300 F L
G
(Standard‐PR18m2) 180 C / 350 F M
GN1160‐11.60 cc/rev (Standard
H 230 C / 450 F H
Gerotor)
SN1891‐18.91 cc/rev
J Box
(Standard‐PU15/85) Temperature Sensor
13
SN3135‐31.35 cc/rev
K Description Code
(Standard‐PU25/85)
Ni‐120 Sensors N

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-17

DuraDrum Bulk Melters (contd)

OPTIONS

Light Tower
Pail Clamp

Communi‐

Pre‐Melting
Main Switch

Additional
Indication
Aeration

Features
Warning
Pressure

Pressure

Casters
cations
System

Exhaust
Options
Fittings

Options
Control

Host
Hose

Hood
Reserved for future use

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Options
Box Box
Hose Fittings Main Switch Options
15 21
Description Code Description Code
8mm (5/16”) and 16mm (5/8”) X Red - Three Pole X
22mm (7/8”) Hose K
28mm (1-1/8”) Hose M
Box
Host Communications
22
Box Description Code
Pail Clamp
16 None X
Description Code
Drum Clamp P
Box
Fiber Drum Clamp F Casters
23
Description Code
Box None X
Aeration System
17
Description Code
Box
Manual X Exhaust Hood
24
Description Code
Box None X
Pressure Control Options
18 With Exhaust Hood E
Description Code
Manual Pressure Control Valve X
Box
Additional Pre‐Melting Features
25
Box Description Code
Pressure Indication
19 None X
Description Code With Additional Pre‐Melting Features K
None X

Boxes
Future Usage
Box 26 - 30
Warning Light Tower
20 Description Code
Description Code None X
None X

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-18 Bulk Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-19

DuraPail Bulk Melters

Description
DuraPail bulk melters are designed to provide simple,
low‐maintenance application of hot melt adhesives,
sealants and butyls from 20‐liter and 5‐gallon pails.
Many standard features, such as manual pressure
control and blow‐off valves, simplify daily operation
and maintenance, helping increase productivity.
Choices of platen surfaces and gear pumps give
DuraPail bulk melters flexibility to meet a variety of
production demands.

DuraPail bulk melters only melt the top surface of


adhesive, allowing the remaining material in the pail
to stay solid. This reduces thermal stress on
temperature sensitive materials and protects the
bonding characteristics.

A graphical, membrane control panel simplifies


programming and displays system status. The
versatile control panel provides programming by
either the keypad or arrow keys.
 Choice of axial or smooth platen
 Manual pressure control valve to control adhesive
application pressure
 Dual hose/applicator configuration allows supply of two
independent applications from a single bulk melter  Integral, programmable seven‐day clock
 Four additional temperature control channels to control  Handgun trigger connections - pump can be turned
downstream hoses and applicators on/off with handgun trigger to minimize adhesive
 Single‐side control and pail‐change access degradation
 Uses standard Blue Series (Ni‐120) Nordson hoses
and applicators
 All controls and pail change operations are handled
from one side of the unit

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-20 Bulk Melters

DuraPail Bulk Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Type of system Gerotor or Gear pump with fixed speed AC motor
Pail diameter mm (in.) 280 or 286 (11 or 11.3)
Maximum pump rate(1) kg/hr (lb/hr) 92 (203)
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs 2 (hydraulic & electrical)
2 additional (electrical only)
Maximum working hydraulic pressure 100 bar (1500 psi)
Operating temperature range 40 to 230 C (100 to 450 F)
Ambient temperature range ‐5 to 50 C (23 to 122 F)
Temperature control stability  1 C (2 F)
Temperature sensor Ni‐120
Electrical service(2) 200 VAC 3  delta 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 Y 50/60 Hz
400 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
480 VAC 3 delta 50/60 Hz
Maximum System Power Capacity 9100 watts
Temperature Sensor Ni‐120
Protection IP54
Weight kg (lb)(3) (empty) 335 (739)
Input/Output capability 3 STD Outputs - programmable for function
4 STD Inputs - programmable for function

1. Actual rates vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters, and input voltage
2. Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is 10%.
3. Weight depends on melter configuration.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-21

DuraPail Bulk Melters (contd)

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.) DuraPail
Width (W) 1190 mm (46.9 in.)
Height (H) 1920 mm (75.6 in.)
Depth (D) 540 mm (21.3 in.)
Installation (service) dimensions
 Width 1570 mm (61.8 in.)
 Height 1920 mm (75.6 in.)
 Depth 903 mm (35.6 in.)
1268

540

1160

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-22 Bulk Melters

DuraPail Bulk Melters (contd)

DuraPail Configurations
BASE MELTER

Melter Platen Container Number of Hose/ Maximum Temperature


Voltage Pump
Applicator Pairs
/
Type Surface Diameter Temperature Sensor

Boxes Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box


1-6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Base Melter
Box Box
Platen Surface Pump Type
7 10
Description Code Description Code
Smooth Surface U SN0093‐4.5 kg/hr(Standard‐PR6m1) D
Axial Fins R SN0186‐8.9 kg/hr(Standard‐PR12m1) E
SN0371‐7.8kg/hr(Standard‐PR12m2) F
SN0557‐26.7kg/hr(Standard‐PR18m2) C
Box
Container Diameter SN0773‐37.1kg/hr(Standard‐PR18m2) G
8
Description Code GN1160‐55.7kg/hr(Standard Gerotor) H
280 mm Pail (Europe) K SH0093‐4.5kg/hr(Hardened‐PR6m1NH) N
286 mm Pail (North America & Asia) N SH0186‐8.9kg/hr(Hardened‐PR6m1NH) Q
SH0371‐17.8kg/hr(Hardened‐PR6m1NH) P
SH0557‐26.7kg/hr(Hardened‐PR6m1NH) S
Box
Voltage SH0773‐37.1kg/hr(Hardened‐PR6m1NH) R
9
GH1160‐55.7kg/hr(Hardened Gerotor) T
Description Code
200 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 2
240 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 3 Box
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs
11
400 VAC 3 phase WYE 50/60 Hz 4
400 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 5 Description Code
480 VAC 3 phase Delta 50/60 Hz 6 4 Hose/Applicator pairs
4
(2 at Platen and 2 additional)

Box
Maximum Temperature
12
Description Code
150 C / 300 F L
180 C / 350 F M
230 C / 450 F H

Box
Temperature Sensor
13
Description Code
Ni‐120 Sensors N

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Bulk Melters 3-23

DuraPail Bulk Melters (contd)

OPTIONS

Communicatio
Main Switch
Light Tower
Pail Clamp

Pre‐Melting
Indication

Additional
Pressure
Aeration

Features
Options
Warning
Pressure

Casters
System

Exhaust
Options
Fittings

Control
Hose

Hood
Host
Reserved for future use

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Options
Box Box
Hose Fittings Main Switch Options
15 21
Description Code Description Code
8mm (5/16”) and 16mm (5/8”) X Red - Three Pole X

Box Box
Pail Clamp Host Communications
16 22
Description Code Description Code
With Pail Clamp P None X
Without Pail Clamp X

Box
Casters
Box 23
Aeration System
17 Description Code
Description Code None X
Manual X With Casters C

Box Box
Pressure Control Options Exhaust Hood
18 24
Description Code Description Code
Manual Pressure Control Valve X None X
With Exhaust Hood E

Box
Pressure Indication
19 Box
Additional Pre‐Melting Features
Description Code 25
None X Description Code
None X
With Additional Pre‐Melting Features K
Box
Warning Light Tower
20
Description Code Boxes
Future Usage
None X 26 - 30
Description Code
None X

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


3-24 Bulk Melters

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-1

PURBlue 4 Adhesive Melters

Description
Nordson PURBlue 4 adhesive melters simplify use
of moisture‐cure reactive (PUR) hotmelt adhesives
in two‐, three‐, or four‐kilogram foil encased slugs.
The user‐friendly design offers simple, reliable
operation with quick disassembly for ease of
cleaning and maintenance. The “melt‐on‐demand”
process uses only the adhesive needed so reduces
thermal stress and protects bonding characteristics
of the unused PUR, which remains sealed in its foil
bag. Adjustable force on the foil bag delivers
optimal contact between adhesive and melting grid
to minimize adhesive residue in empty bags. The
ability to easily use small volumes of the PUR helps
increase productivity and reduce adhesive waste.

PURBlue 4 melters:
 Are easy to install and operate with no inert gas
requirement
 Provide easy day‐to‐day operation and maintenance
 Utilize true melt‐on‐demand temperature control
system
 Maximize adhesive usage and reduce residual waste
 Protect adhesive integrity
 Provide simple shutdown procedure for overnight or
weekends

Standard Features:
 Graphic indicators and easy‐to‐use controls simplify  Swiveling tank lid allows quick, easy change of foil
programming and system monitoring bags
 Level sensors provide indicators and warnings for  Variety of precision, variable‐speed gear pumps
piston status, slug status and reservoir level available with key‐to‐line
 Easy access panels make maintenance quick and  Manual or automatic pressure control options
easy  Sensor monitors lid operation
 Single‐tool, quick‐release fasteners on all panels and  Flow‐through output manifold with no dead spaces
covers can accommodate up to three hoses
 Pneumatic piston with level indicator provides optimal  Quick plug‐in hose/applicator pairs
contact with melting grid and visibility of PUR use
 Handgun trigger connections

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-2 PUR Systems

PURBlue 4 Adhesive Melters (contd)

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Type of System PUR slug melter with spur gear pump
Foil Bag Diameter 125 mm and 150 mm
Melt Rate (per hour) 4 kg/hr (9 lb/hr)
Holding Capacity One slug plus 0.75 kg reservoir
Maximum Pump Rate 7.7 cc/rev.
Maximum Working Hydraulic Pressure 75 bar (1100 psi)
Temperature Sensor Nickel RTD (Ni‐120)
Operating Temperature Range 40 to 175 C (100 to 350 F)
Ambient Temperature Range 0 to 50 C (32 to 122  F)
Viscosity Range up to 50,000 cps
Electrical Service 200 VAC 1 or 3 phase 50/60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC 1 or 3 phase 50/60 Hz
380 to 415 VAC‐Y (3 phase N/PE) 50/60 Hz
Maximum System Power Capacity 6000 watts
Input/Output Capability Standard 2 STD Inputs - programmable for function
3 STD Outputs - programmable for function
Key‐to‐Line
Number of Hose/Applicator Pairs1 3
Approximate Weight (empty) 100 kg (221 lb)
Protection IP32
1. Standard Blue SeriesTM hoses and applicators

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.) PURBlue 4
Width (W) 685 mm (27.0 in.)
Height (H) 964 mm (37.9 in.)
Depth (D) 382 mm (15.0 in.)
Installation (service) dimensions
 Width 1112 mm (43.8 in.)
 Height 964 mm (37.9 in.)
 Depth 782 mm (30.8 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-3

PURBlue 4 Adhesive Melters (contd)

PURBlue 4 Part Numbers

240 VAC 3 Phase Delta or 400 VAC 3 Phase Wye


Hopper
Part Number Pump Pressure Control
Size
1090912 130 mm SN1710 (PR100m3) Manual
1093994 130 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) Manual
1094112 130 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) Manual
1100490 130 mm SN0186 (PR12m1) Manual
1095026 130 mm SN0093 (PR6m1) Manual
1095027 130 mm SN0062 (PR4m1) Manual
1095048 130 mm SN1710 (PR100m3) with Flow Control Option
1095049 130 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) with Flow Control Option
1095050 130 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) with Flow Control Option
1096782 130 mm SN0186 (PR12m1) with Flow Control Option
1095051 130 mm SN0093 (PR6m1) with Flow Control Option
1102011 130 mm SN0046 (PR3m1) with Flow Control Option
1108108 130 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) Automatic
1098423 130 mm SN0062 (PR4m1) Automatic
1101186 130 mm SN0031 (PR2m1) Automatic
1095028 150 mm SN1710 (PR100m3) Manual
1095029 150 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) Manual
1095040 150 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) Manual
1101941 150 mm SN0186 (PR12m1) Manual
1095041 150 mm SN0093 (PR6m1) Manual
1095042 150 mm SN0062 (PR4m1) Manual
1105677 150 mm SN0031 (PR2m1) Manual
1101520 150 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) with Flow Control Option
1105853 150 mm SN0046 (PR3m1) with Flow Control Option

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-4 PUR Systems

PURBlue 4 Adhesive Melters (contd)

200 VAC 3 Phase Delta (Primarily for Japan)


Hopper
Part Number Pump Pressure Control
Size
1095043 130 mm SN1710 (PR100m3) Manual
1095044 130 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) Manual
1095045 130 mm SN0371 (PR12m2) Manual
1500356 130 mm SN0186 (PR12m1) Manual
1095046 130 mm SN0093 (PR6m1) Manual
1095047 130 mm SN0062 (PR4m1) Manual
1095528 130 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) with Flow Control Option
1097667 130 mm SN0371 (PR12m2 with Flow Control Option
1096303 150 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) Manual
1097125 150 mm SN0773 (PR25m2) with Flow Control Option

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-5

MiniPURt Polyurethane Melter System

Description
The Nordson MiniPUR melter system makes hot
melt polyurethane (PUR) adhesive use simple and
more cost effective for the small, low-volume user.
The melter tank efficiently handles up to 4-liters of
PUR adhesive from various formats including
2-kilogram slugs and pellets/pastels. The MiniPUR
melter's capability to create a nitrogen blanket helps
to preserve adhesive integrity.

The MiniPUR system is a complete PUR application


system including a melter, hose, gun, nozzle and
inlet for nitrogen or other inert gas. As the hose and
gun arrive assembled, to begin using the system
simply connect the hose/gun assembly to the
melter, connect inert gas to the inlet, and plug in the
electrical cord.

The system is easy to operate and maintain with


fixed speed AC motor, PTFE-coated tank and easy
access panels. And, the MiniPUR system can be
expanded with options including an additional hose
and gun, longer hoses, and/or different
nozzles/patterns.

Benefits
S Tank system enables use of cost-effective PUR S Graphic indicators and easy to use controls simplify
adhesive forms. programming and system monitoring.
S Melter processes all of the adhesive, so no residual S The design allows use of low cost, low usage
waste. nitrogen gas supply.
S Nitrogen blanket allows adhesive to remain in the S The system supports a wide range of processing
tank for up to several days without losing bonding temperatures, including as low as 40 _C (100 _F) to
integrity or having adhesive begin curing. accommodate heat sensitive substrates.
S Complete system ships in a single box; three simple
connections and the system is operational.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-6 PUR Systems

MiniPUR Polyurethane Melter System (contd)

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Type of System Tank with gerotor pump
Holding Capacity 4 L (244 in3)
3.9 kg (8.6 lb)
Throughput (per hour)1 6.3 kg (13.9 lb)
Melt Rate (per hour)1 4.7 kg (10.3 lb)
Maximum Pump Rate (per hour)2 22 kg (48 lb)
Number of Hoses/Guns (per hour)3 1 standard
Maximum Working Hydraulic Pressure 40 bars (600 psi)
Operating Temperature Range 40 to 230 C (100 to 450 F)
Ambient Temperature Range 0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F)
Temperature Control Stability  0.5 C (1 F)
Gas Pressure for Nitrogen Blanket 0.21 bars (3 psi)
Electrical Service4 120 VAC single phase 60 Hz
200 to 240 VAC single phase 50/60 Hz
Maximum System Power Capacity
@ 120 VAC 2400 watts
@ 240 VAC 3355 watts

Approx. Melter Weight (empty)5 42 kg (92 lb)


Melter Dimensions:
Width 334 mm (13.1 in.)
Height 478 mm (18.8 in.)
Depth 552 mm (21.7 in.)

1Actual rates will vary depending on adhesive type, application parameters and input voltage.
2Values shown for melter @ 60 Hz.
3The MiniPUR system comes standard with one honse/gun; a second hose/gun can be purchased separately.
4Permitted deviation from rated line voltage is  10%.
5Total system weight varies by hose/gun combination.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-7

MiniPUR Polyurethane Melter System (contd)

Part Numbers

MiniPUR Systems
Description Part Number
Melter, MiniPUR, 120V, 2 H/G, 22KG/HR, including AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly 2.4 m (8 ft) 1086061
Melter, MiniPUR, 240V, 2 H/G, 22KG/HR, including AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly 2.4 m (8 ft) 1087917
NOTE: All AD‐41 handguns include a 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle.

MiniPUR Accessories
Description Part Number
120V Handgun/Hose Assemblies*
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030220
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030221
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030222
240V Handgun/Hose Assemblies
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 2.4 m (8 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030225
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 3.6 m (12 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030226
AD‐41 Handgun/HP Hose Assembly, 4.8 m (16 ft), 1 mm (0.04”) oriface diameter nozzle 1030227
B900‐N Manifold Mount Extrusion Gun, 0.6 mm (0.025”) oriface diameter nozzle 1031733

*Check total external wattage limitation before adding second handgun/hose assembly to MiniPUR 120V systems. See
120V Blue series handgun/hose tree for details.

Nitrogen Accessories
Description Part Number
Nitrogen Generator 1106554
Kit, Regulator, Nitrogen Blanket, 10 psi, w/timer (used with nitrogen generator) 1108292
Kit, Regulator, Low Pressure 3000‐10‐0 psi, w/timer (used with 3000 psi bottle) 1108290
Kit, Regulator, High Pressure 6000‐10‐0 psi, w/timer (used with 6000 psi bottle) 1108291

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-8 PUR Systems

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-9

Unity Series Dispensing Systems

Description
Nordson Unity dispense systems provide accurate
dispensing and optimize efficiency of heated
materials from 30 cc syringes, and are ideally suited
to dispense heated PUR adhesives. Unity
dispensers help extend the useful life of the syringe
to maximize material use and minimize residual
waste.

A variety of technologies meet the stringent


requirements for precise material dispensing in
exacting processes such as handheld electronics
and medical devise manufacturing. This helps
improve production and performance of applications
including bonding, sealing, gasketing,
encapsulation and attachment. Unity PURJet
Series
With a variety of systems and accessories, Unity
solutions can be configured to meet specific
requirements.

Unity PURJet Series


 Consistent dispensing and clean cutoff for heads or
dots.
 Patented jetting technology means Z plane doesn't
need to constantly adjust for changing surface
contours.
 Applies at high speeds with precise accuracy.
 Accommodates a wide variety of hot melt materials
including polyurethane (PUR).
 Easily dispenses into 0.5 mm grooves and other
challenging geometrics.
Unity IC Series
 Optimizes adhesive wetting of substrates for
improved strength and impact resistance.

Unity PS Series Unity IC Series


 Time and pressure delivery system.  Pneumatic modules deliver consistent dispensing
 Open needle design uses disposable, stainless‐steel and clean cutoff for beads.
dispensing needles.  Vision detection system provides integrated
 Standard single head system can be expanded to inspection, proprietary compensation and feedback.
four heads.  Operating costs are reduced by prolonging syringe
 Three‐axis robot offers complete work cell with small life and minimizing bead width variation.
footprint.  Multi‐axis robot eliminates manual operations.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-10 PUR Systems

Unity Series Dispensing Systems (contd)

Specifications
Parameter PURJet 30 IC 30 PS30
Container Size 30 cc syringes 30 cc syringes 30 cc syringes
Compatible with x,y,z Robot Yes Yes Yes
Minimum Deposited Bead Width (mm) * <0.5 mm <1 mm
Positive Volumetric Output Yes No No
Non-contact Dispensing Yes No No
Optimized Adhesive Wetting for Strength and Impact Resistance Yes No No
Patented Integrated Controller System Yes Yes Yes
Vision‐based Compensation to Control Bead Size No Yes No
Available with or without Robot Yes Yes Yes
Utilitzes Stainless‐steel Dispensing Needles Yes Yes Yes
Pneumatic Actuated Dispensing Module Yes Yes No
Removable/Interchangeable Nozzles Yes Yes Yes
*Dot size approximately 1.1 mm depending on substate; bead weight 0.22 mg minimum; can dispense in 0.5 mm grooves.

Available options Unity Pre-warmers


 Pre-warmers  Preheat adhesive or purge materials to minimize
 Variety of robot specifications changeover delays.

 Modules/nozzles  Easy‐to‐use temperature control.

 Stainless Steel needles  Accommodates from one to four 30cc syringes at a


time.
 Compatible with all Unity 30 cc dispensers.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


PUR Systems 4-11

Unity Series Dispensing Systems (contd)

Part Numbers

Unity IC30
Part Number Description
1088666 System, Unity, IC30, 3M, 1K
1090719 System, Unity, IC30, OEM

Unity PURJet 30
Part Number Description
1107523 Controller, Assembly, Unity PURJet 30
1104347 Module, Jet, PURJet 30 Fixed
1106908 Module, Jet, PURJet 30, Adjustable
1099056 Applicator, Unity, PURJet 30, Ni120
1107462 Applicator, Unity, PURJet 30, PT100

Unity PS30
Part Number Description
1108192 System, Unity, PS30, 1‐head
1108425 System, Unity, PS30, 2‐head
1108427 System, Unity, PS30, 3‐head
1108428 System, Unity, PS30, 4‐head
1108590 System, Unity, PS30, 331S, 1‐head

PW30
Part Number Description
1108193 PW30 Syringe Prewarmer

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


4-12 PUR Systems

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Extruders 5-1

Extruder Systems

A Nordson Extruder is the first choice when processing ”difficult” adhesives like Polyamide, Polyester or
Polyolefin (APAO). These adhesives ask for a closed system to avoid degradation of the adhesive through
carbonization and consequently loss of bonding performance or other problems within the system.

Extruders enable homogeneous melting in a fully closed ”melt-on-demand” system to provide a safe and
reliable application process.

Nordson extruders offer the fastest, easiest adhesive changes possible compared to other melters without
time- and cost-intensive cleaning procedures.

Convincing advantages at a glance:


 optimized for adhesive applications  option to change adhesives during production within
 a true “melt-on-demand” system, deliver the lowest a few minutes
possible thermal stress on the adhesive  short heat-up times
 no degrading or charring at all because it is a fully  lower energy consumption per kilogram compared to
closed system conventional tank melters
 a self cleaning system  results in more economical operating costs of the
 virtually maintenance free system complete application system

EX Extruder System
The EX extruder systems are for use in applications requiring the highest precision and performance with
regard to temperatures and pressures. EX Extruders are designated Engineered Systems, which are
engineered to the specific requirements of our customers, offering the highest flexibility and grade of
customization for a perfectly suited system.

 Different sizes allows throughput of 1 kg to 2500 kg


per hour
 Compact, service-friendly design
 PLC control standard: easy integration into existing
production lines
 Profibus interface
 Ethernet connection for remote diagnostics and
service
 Intuitive graphical touch panel in local languages
 Provide key-to-line interaction with parent machine
through documented interfaces
 Visual display of process data standard
 ChemCoat coated conical feeding hopper provides
safe material supply
 Cylinder and screw manufactured from tempered
nitrified steel providing an extremely long lifetime
ChemCoat is a registered trademark of Impreglon GmbH.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


5-2 Extruders

EX Extruder System (contd)

General Specification
Parameter Description
Melt Rate(1) 1 - 2500 kg/hr (7-5512 lb/hr)
Operating Temperature Range 20-260C (68-496F)
Hydraulic Pressure 0-700 bar (0-10,150 psi)
Electrical Connection 3x 400 V +N+PE /50-60Hz
Control System Siemens S7 PLC with touch panel
(5.7 in. or 10.4 in.)

 Start-up circuit that monitors temperature drops and


temperature fluctuations for all heating zones.
 Multiple storage capability provides easy program
selection.
 Permanent sensor failure monitoring with visual
display.
 zero potential output contacts for reporting
temperature drops and temperature fluctuations, and
ready for operation signal.
 Electronic pressure control for manual and automatic
operation with excess pressure cutoff.
 Pressure build-up control with automatic switch-over
to speed regulation during head control.

Temperature Sensors PT100, Ni‐120(2) or Fe-CuNi


Heated Zones Extruder, hose, applicator (additional heating zones
optional)
Metering Station Metering stations are equipped with high-precision gear
pumps for the most demanding applications.
Pumps can be flanged to extruder output or alternatively
as satellite PS Metering Stations with hose between
extruder and pump station.

(1) The maximum melt rate and throughput depends on the material.
(2) Ni‐120 for maximum 180C.

Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens. AG.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Extruders 5-3

Extruder Systems (contd)

EEX Extruder Series


While featuring the same general advantages and
benefits in processing demanding adhesives, the
EEX series of extruders is a more standardized and
configurable system.
 Microprocessor-controlled, multi-channel
temperature control featuring staged heating.
 Easy installation and operation.
 Fault diagnostic program for all temperature cycles.
 Start up delay with under‐ / over‐temperature check
for all heating zones.
 Standard pressure control, optional pump station with
variable AC drives for metering applications,
 Water cooled draw-in zone, to be supplied by cooling
circuitry from customer or optional cooling device.
 Cylinder and screw manufactured from tempered
nitrified steel providing a extremely long lifetime.
 ChemCoat coated conical feeding hopper provide
safe material supply
ChemCoat is a registered trademark of Impreglon GmbH.

Specifications
Specification
Parameter
EEX 10 EEX 40 EEX 100 EEX 200
Rated throughput kg/hr (lb/hr) (1) 10 (22) 40 (88) 100 (220) 200 (440)
Hopper Volume L (in.) 15 (915) 30 (1830) 75 (4576) 150 (9153)
Rated Power of main drive kW 2.2 5.5 11 22
Max. no. of gear pumps
2 4 4 4
(re-circulating pumps optional)
10-40 (22-88) 10-40 (22-88)
Capacity per pump L/h (lb/hr) 10-40 (22-88) 10-40 (22-88) 40-160 (88-352) 40-160 (88-352)
(max. 2 pumps) (max. 2 pumps)
Max. operating temp. C (F) (2) 260 (496)
Max. adhesive pressure bar (psi) 100 (1450)
Temperature sensors Ni‐120(3) / PT100 / Fe-CuNi
Hose/Applicator connections 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-4
(1) Maximum output rate depends on adhesive; indication is based on common EVA.
(2) Operating Temperature depends on adhesive and auxiliary equipment.
(3) Ni‐120 for maximum 180C.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


5-4 Extruders

EEX Extruder Series (contd)

Configuration Chart

Protection Frame

Hose/Applicator
Standby-Temp.
Flanged Pump

Protection Grid
Hopper Level
Temperature

connections
for Sensors
Connection

Week/Day

Additional

Request
Setback

Special
Coding
Sensor

Sensor
Device
Station

Casters
Hopper
Pump
MIDR
Hose

Timer
Extruder

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Box Box
Extruder Size Pump MIDR
1 4
Description Code Description Code
EEX Extruder 10 kg/hr EEX 10 No pump selected X
EEX Extruder 40 kg/hr EEX 40 10 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) A
EEX Extruder 100 kg/hr EEX100 20 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) B
EEX Extruder 200 kg/hr EEX200 40 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) C
80 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) (3)
D
(EEX 100 /EEX 200 only)
Box 160 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) (3)
Temperature Sensor E
2 (EEX 100 /EEX 200 only)
Description Code 220 l/h max. per pump(1) (2) (3)
H
(EEX 200 only)
FeCuNi F
(1)Pump selection only possible if pump
PT100 P
station selected.
Typ NI 120(1) N (2)All pumps have to be same size.
(1) Up to 180C.
(3)Pump D and E only possible up to
2‐pump station!
Box
Flanged Pump Station
3
Box
Description Code Hose Connection
5
No Pump station (pressure controlled) 0
Description Code
Single pump station (1 pump) 1
Hose connection 8 mm diameter 1
Single pump station with re-circulating
2 Hose connection 13 mm diameter 2
ports (1 out/1 in)*
Hose connection 16 mm diameter 3
Double pump station (2 pumps) 3
Hose connection 20 mm diameter 4
Double pump station with
4 Hose connection 32 mm diameter 5
re-circulating ports (2 out/2 in)*
Quadruple pump station (4 pumps)
5
not possible with EEX10
*Only in combination with a re-circulating Box
Cooling Device
applicator. 6
Description Code
No cooling device X
Stand-alone cooling device*
K
(EEX 10 /EEX 40 only)
Cooling device on extruder frame*
R
(EEX 100 /EEX 200)
*Mandatory if customer doesn't supply
cooling water circuit.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Extruders 5-5

EEX Extruder Series (contd)

Box Box
Hopper Level Sensor Casters
7 11
Description Code Description Code
No level sensor X No casters, just feet X
1 Level sensor (Hopper empty) 1 with casters M
2 LS (Hopper empty + Hopper low
2
level)
3 LS (Hopper empty + Hopper low Box
3 Protection Frame for Sensors
level + Hopper full) 12
Description Code
No protection frame X
Box With protection frame Q
Standby Temperature - Setback
8
Description Code
No Standby/setback X Box Additional Electrical Hose/
Standby / Setback Option* T 13 Applicator Connectors*
Description Code
No add. H/A connector X
Box One add. H/A connector 1
Week/Day Timer
9 Two add. H/A connectors 2
Description Code Three add. H/A connectors 3
No Week/Day timer X Four add. H/A connectors
4
With Week/Day timer* W (not for EEX 200)
*For automatic startup and shutdown of the *Maximum number of connections depends on
extruder. Pump Station, refer to table below.

Box Box
Hopper Protection Grid Special Request
10 14
Description Code Description Code
No prot. grid(when AutoFill) X No Special Request X
With protective grid* G Any special need to be specified and
T
*Mandatory if hopper is filled manually. quoted upon request

Pump Station Table

Standard
Additional Electrical Hose/Applicator
Number of Hose/
Connectors
Applicators
Code EEX10
Description EEX100 EEX200
Box 3 EEX40
0 No Pump station (pressure controlled) 1 4 4 3
1 Single pump station (1 pump) 1 4 3 3
Single pump station with re-circulating
2 2 3 2 2
ports (1 out/1 in)*
3 Double pump station (2 pumps) 2 3 2 1
Double pump station with re-circulating
4 4 1
ports (2 out/2 in)*
5 Quadruple pump station (4 pumps) 4
*Only in combination with a re-circulating applicator.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


5-6 Extruders

EEX Extruder Series (contd)

Gear Pump Chart

Dimensions Output
Part (mm) Capacity
Type Layout @100rpm
Number (cc.rev)
A B C (L/hr)
7521694 GP 03 M0.5 3 76 76 0.2 1.2
7521751 GP 03 M1 3 76 76 0.4 2.4
7521755 GP 03 M2 3 76 76 0.8 4.8
EEX 10
EEX 40

7521703 GP 06 M2 6 76 76 1.7 10.2


7528130 GP 12 M2 12 76 76 3.5 21
EEX 100

7521668 GP 25 M2 25 76 76 7 42
EEX 200

7055336 GP 30 M2 30 76 76 8.4 50.4


7523855 GP 50 M2 50 76 76 13.3 80

7053428 GP 100 M1 15 195 120 16.7 100

7525111* GP 160 M2 25 195 120 27 162

7522285* GP 220 M2 35 195 120 37 222

*additional heating cartridges needed

Dimensions (in millimeters)


EEX 100

EEX 10/EEX 40

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Extruders 5-7

Extruder Systems (contd)

Extruder Hoses Type PC


 Extremely robust and flexible design
 High Temperature PTFE hose up to 250C
 High pressure versions up to 300 bar available
 PT100 or FE-CuNi temperature sensors
 PTFE insulated heating wires for highest safety
 High-efficient thermo-fleece insulation with outer
foamed sleeve
 Other special versions on request

Applicator Unit Plug End


Plug End

Length Supply
Part
Description Comment Voltage
Number M FT V
Automatic High Temperature Hose, PT100, 250C
PC 12-08 PT-H 7052360 1.2 4.0 230
PC 18-08 PT-H 7052197 1.8 6.0 230
(.312 in.) ID

PC 24-08 PT-H 7050155 2.4 8.0 230


8 mm

PC 30-08 PT-H 7052382 3.0 10.0 230


PC 40-08 PT-H 7504182 4.0 13.0 230
PC 50-08 PT-H 7500888 5.0 17.0 230
PC J 12-13-PT-H 7052056 1.2 4.0 200
PC 13-13 PT-H-K 7052650 1.3 4.0 no applicator connector 230
PC 18-13 PT-H-K 7504183 1.8 6.0 no applicator connector 230
(.500 in.) ID

PC 18-13 PT-H 7504298 1.8 6.0 230


13 mm

PC 20-13 PT-H-K 7052791 2.0 7.0 no applicator connector 230


PC 24-13 PT-H-K 7052359 2.4 8.0 no applicator connector 230
PC 24-13 PT-H 7050153 2.4 8.0 230
PC 30-13 PT-H 7050216 3.0 10.0 230
PC 40-13 PT-H 7050176 4.0 13.0 230
(.629 in.)
16 mm

PC 24-16-PT-H 7050233 2.4 8.0 230


(.787 in.)
20 mm

PC 90-20 PT-H-K 7500717 9.0 30.0 no applicator connector 230

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


5-8 Extruders

Extruder Hoses Type PC (contd)

Length Supply
Part
Description Comment Voltage
Number M FT V
Automatic High Temperature Hose, FE-CuNi, 250C
PC J 12-08 FE-H 7501231 1.2 4.0 200
PC 15-08 FE-H 7052662 1.5 5.0 230
PC 18-08 FE-H 7050021 1.8 6.0 230
PC J 18-08 FE-H 7501222 1.8 6.0 200
PC 24-08 FE-H 7500885 2.4 8.0 230
(.312 in.) ID

PC 24-08 FE-H-K 7501183 2.4 8.0 No applicator connector 230


8 mm

PC J 24-08 FE-H 7501226 2.4 8.0 200


PC 30-08 FE-H 7501180 3.0 10.0 230
PC J 30-08 FE-H 7501227 3.0 10.0 200
PC 36-08 FE-H 7053265 3.6 12.0 230
PC J 40-08 FE-H 7052064 4.0 13.0 200
PC 40-08 FE-H 7501186 4.0 13.0 230
PC 50-08 FE-H 7500884 5.0 17.0 230
PC 60-08 FE-H 7052528 6.0 20.0 230
PC 10-13 FE-H 7053247 1.0 3.0 230
PC 12-13 FE-H-3 7052858 1.2 4.0 High pressure 300 bar 230
PC J 12-13-FE-H 7052055 1.2 4.0 200
PC 12-13 FE H-K 7501187 1.2 4.0 No applicator connector 230
PC 18-13 FE-H-K 7053270 1.8 6.0 No applicator connector 230
(.500 in.) ID

PC 24-13 FE-H-K 7053279 2.4 8.0 No applicator connector 230


13 mm

PC 24-13 FE-H 7050235 2.4 8.0 230


PC 30-13 FE-H 7050236 3.0 10.0 230
PC J 30-13-FE-H 7050228 3.0 10.0 200
PC J 40-13 FE-H 7052075 4.0 13.0 200
PC 40-13 FE-H 7501185 4.0 13.0 230
PC 50-13 FE-H 7501184 5.0 17.0 230
PC J 60-13 FE-H 7052132 6.0 20.0 200
No applicator connector
PC 12-20 FE-K-H-3 7052535 1.2 4.0 High pressure 300 bar 230
PC 18-20 FE-H 7052525 1.8 6.0 230
PC 24-20 FE-H 7052613 2.4 8.0 230
(.787 in.)
20 mm

No applicator connector
PC 24-20 FE-K-H-3 7052534 2.4 8.0 High pressure 300 bar 230
PC 30-20 FE-H-K 7052497 3.0 10.0 No applicator connector 230
PC 60-20 FE-H 7052498 6.0 20.0 230
PC 60-20 FE-H-K 7052753 6.0 20.0 No applicator connector 230
PC 70-20 FE-H 7501188 7.0 23.0 230
(1.25 in.)
32 mm

No applicator connector
PC 40-32 FE-H-3 7052334 4.0 13.0 High pressure 300 bar 230

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-1

Blue Series Configurable Applicators

Description
Blue Series applicators are configurable, which
means that each applicator is constructed to
specific choices made when the applicator was
ordered. The Best Choice Configurator allows the
customer to quickly and easily determine the right
applicator for the application, minimizing the need
for specially engineered applicators and
significantly reducing delivery time. Blue Series
applicators are available in low‐profile, multi‐module
and water wash designs.

Machining centers are located throughout the world


to ensure commonality of parts and expedient
delivery of applicators. Blue Series applicators use The EasyOn design provides machined surfaces
a common manifold extrusion and can be on both the applicator body and applicator module.
configured for common air, independent air and The two surfaces “mate” to deliver superior
programmed air. All applicators are tested prior to ease‐of‐use and to provide safety when servicing
shipment to help assure performance. applicators.

Blue Series applicators include:


1. ClassicBlue zero cavity, reduced cavity and
right angle air‐open/spring‐close modules
2. SolidBlue A air‐open/air‐close modules Blue = Air-Close
3. SolidBlue S air‐open/spring‐close modules
Black = Spring-Close
4. SureBead A air‐open/air‐close modules
5. SureBead S air‐open/spring‐close modules Gray = SolidBlue
(ball and seat)
 The Best Choice Configurator provides intuitive and
step‐by‐step instructions to guide you through the Tan = SureBead
process of building an applicator, offering choices in (needle and seat)
module spacing, cord set location, air specifications,
voltage and hose connection, preinstalled solenoids
and in‐line filters.
 The configurator demonstrates which specifications
are possible and which are not, providing  The Unique Identifier (UID) Cross Reference function
instantaneous answers to specific application allows for easy conversion of the World Applicator
questions. platform to the new Blue Series applicators. By
 Applicator covers for SolidBlue and SureBead are entering a specific applicator UID or part number, a
color coded for identification and thermally resistant, list of recommended parts and dimensional sketch
to enhance safety during maintenance. unique to the applicator is displayed.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-2 Automatic Applicators

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Blue Series Applicator Specifications


Specification
ClassicBlue
Parameter (all), Note
SolidBlue A SureBead A
SureBead/
SolidBlue S

Operating hydraulic pressure 103 bar (1,500 psi) maximum


Operating air pressure 2.8-4.8 bar 3.1-5.5 bar (45-80psi) A
(40-70psi)
Operating speed Exceeds 3,500 cycles per minute
Electrical service 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz optional (for low‐voltage areas)
Operating temperature 204 C (400 F) maximum
NOTE A: Recommended range. Dry, regulated, unlubricated air required for applicator operation.

Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code


The Best Choice configurator will help you select the applicator best suited to your application. You may visit
our website, https://ppa.nordson.com, to obtain the configurator program. Below is a typical configuration
code listing and a table that interprets the code. When a configured applicator is ordered, Nordson assigns a
unique identifier code to the assembly, and that number is stamped onto the applicator identifier plate. The
identifier code can then be used to order new configured applicators, forgoing the configuration process.

Number
Appli- Number Saturn
Module Air Module Cordset of
cator of Voltage Cordset Solenoid Inline
Type Type Spacing Position Hydraulic
Model Modules Filters
Ports
SURS STD 04 A CA 022 T LB 3A0A E9 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Box Box
Applicator Model Module Type
1 2
Description Code Description Code
ClassicBlue Reduced Cavity CBRC Standard STD
ClassicBlue Zero Cavity CBZC Right Angle (Classic Blue Only) RA
ClassicBlue Zero Cavity Extended CBZE Zero cavity ZC
ClassicBlue Right Angle CBRA Reduced Cavity RC
SureBead S Zero cavity extended ZE
SURS
(air‐open‐spring‐close) (AO/SC)
SureBead A
SURA
(air‐open‐air‐close) (AO/AC) Box
Number of Modules
SolidBlue S (AO/SC) SLBS 3
SolidBlue A (AO/AC) SLBA Description Code
NOTE: Solid Blue S replaces Classic Blue Number of modules 1-26
Standard.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-3

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Box Box
Voltage Cordset
4 7
Description Code Description Code
240 V A 3000/Blue Series T
200 V B Bulk melter B
Water wash W
DIP (Dona Pro) <305 mm P
Box DEC (Dona Mini) <305 mm N
Air Type
5 RB (Rotate) <305 mm R
Description Code SB (Slauterback) <305 mm S
Common air CA MXT (Meltex TC) <305 mm J
Independent air IA MXR (Meltex Platinum) <305 mm K
Programmed air PA 200F Tstat <305 mm 1
225F Tstat <305 mm 2
250F Tstat <305 mm 3
Box 275F Tstat <305 mm 4
Module Spacing
6 300F Tstat <305 mm 5
Description Code 325F Tstat <305 mm 6
Three digit value (number of 350F Tstat <305 mm 7
modules minus one)
375F Tstat <305 mm 8
400F Tstat <305 mm 9
PAL 1 (Palette Stabilization - RTD)
Y
<305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
A
200F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
C
225F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
D
250F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
E
275F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
F
300F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
G
325F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
H
350F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
L
375F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
X
400F Tstat <305 mm
Melton <305 mm M
Valco <305 mm V

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-4 Automatic Applicators

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code (contd)

Box Box
Cordset Position Saturn Inline Filters
8 10
Description Code Description Code
Left Back LB 50‐mesh, straight E0
Right Back RB 50 mesh, no filter inlet fitting E1
Left Side LS 50‐mesh, 45 angle E4
Right side RS 50‐mesh, 90 angle E9
Both back BB 100‐mesh, straight F0
Back BA 100‐mesh, no filter inlet fitting F1
Top feed TF 100‐mesh, 45 angle F4
100‐mesh, 90 angle F9
200‐mesh, straight G0
Box 200 mesh, no filter inlet fitting G1
Solenoid
9
200‐mesh, 45 angle G4
Description Code 200‐mesh, 90 angle G9
First character - # Air ports:
3 ports (AO/SC) 3
4 ports (AO/AC) 4
Second character - Voltage: Box
Number of Hydraulic Ports
24 VDC A 11
100 VAC B Description Code
120 VAC C 1 hydraulic port 1
200 VAC D
240 VAC E 3 hydraulic ports 3
Third character-LED option: 5 hydraulic ports 5
Std (black) 0
LED (white) 1
Fourth character - Solenoid
Size:
Large Saturn CV (1/4 in. NPT) A
Small Saturn CV (1/8 in. NPT) B
Large Saturn ‐ not mounted to Y
applicator
Small Saturn ‐ not mounted to Z
applicator

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-5

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Selection Chart
Module Type Characteristics Application/Usage
ClassicBlue  ClassicBlue, right‐angle module, ClassicBlue right‐angle applicators
right‐angle adjustable (allows changes in provide 90‐degree application
(CBRA) bead placement) flexibility for low‐to‐medium speed
applications.
 Air‐open, spring‐close (AO/SC)
operation
 Includes an integrated
right‐angle nozzle

ClassicBlue  ClassicBlue reduced cavity ClassicBlue reduced cavity


reduced cavity module, adjustable (allows applicators have an integrated nozzle
(CBRC) changes in bead placement) and needle assembly that results in
self‐cleaning action and sharp cutoff.
 Air‐open, spring‐close (AO/SC)
When used in low to medium speed
operation
applications, reduced cavity
 Available in four orifice sizes applicators provide
clog‐free/minimum drip operation,
uniform beads, and consistent flow
over a wide range of temperatures.

Continued...

NOTE: The standard Classic Blue Module is replaced with the Solid Blue S Module.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-6 Automatic Applicators

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Selection Chart (contd)


Heading

ClassicBlue  ClassicBlue zero cavity module Use ClassicBlue zero cavity


zero cavity with micro‐adjuster applicators in critical applications
(ZC) and  Air‐open, spring‐close (AO/SC) that require consistent
zero cavity no‐clog/no‐drip operation, precise
operation
case sealing bead placement, and extrusion
(ZCS)  Available in six orifice sizes control. The close‐tolerance,
Zero Cavity matched nozzle‐and‐needle
Extended assembly eliminates the formation of
(ZE) minute adhesive pockets that can
lead to nozzle clogging, drool, and
adhesive stringing. The movement of
the needle within the nozzle creates
a self‐cleaning action, minimizing
blockages and reducing
maintenance. Applications for these
applicators include case sealing, cap
lining, nonwovens side seaming and
elastic attachment, bonding, and
gasketing.
Zero cavity applicators feature a
patented micro‐adjust module. A
micrometer adjustment screw at the
top of the module can reduce
adhesive flow by up to 30 percent.
Additionally, minor variations in bead
position can be achieved via a load
adjustment mechanism. These
adjustments are especially beneficial
in high‐speed, multi‐module
applicator applications.

Continued...

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-7

Blue Series Configurable Applicators (contd)

Applicator Type Features Application/Usage


SolidBlue S  SolidBlue S standard module, SolidBlue S applicators provide
(SLBS) spring‐tension adjustable (not longer life than ClassicBlue
stroke‐adjustable) applicators and deliver exceptional
adhesive cut‐off/ minimum‐drip
 Air‐open, spring‐close (AO/SC)
operation for medium‐to‐high speed
operation
applications.
 Accommodates Saturn
single‐orifice and right‐angle
nozzles

SolidBlue A  SolidBlue A standard module, SolidBlue A applicators provide


(SLBA) non‐adjustable better cutoff than SolidBlue S
 Air‐open, air‐close (AO/AC) applicators (because of the air‐open,
air‐close operation), provide
operation
extended service life beyond
 Factory installed Saturn ClassicBlue applicators, and deliver
solenoid valve exceptional accuracy for demanding
 Accommodates Saturn applications. SolidBlue A applicators
single‐orifice and right‐angle are recommended for use with
nozzles adhesives that have a viscosity
greater than 1,250 cps and cycle
rates below 15 ms.

SureBead S  High quality patterns with SureBead modular hot melt


(SURS) virtually clog‐free operation, applicators are designed for easy
even when using “difficult to flushing by removing the nozzle from
machine” low and medium the module. Nozzles used with a
viscosity adhesives SureBead applicator are designed to
perform similar in function to reduced
 Maximum bead deposition cavity and zero cavity nozzles.
capability SureBead applicators are designed
 Air‐open, spring‐close to dispense packaging grade
(SureBead S) or air‐open, adhesives.
air‐close (SureBead A)
operation
 Colored ring on the removable
nozzle easily identifies orifice
SureBead A size
(SURA)
 Nozzles are interchangeable -
change orifice sizes without
removing the module from the
applicator
 Nozzle tip is maintained
resulting in cleanly applied
beads and better product seals

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-8 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-9

SolidBlue Hot Melt Applicators and Modules

Description
SolidBlue hot melt applicators with Myritex seals
provide up to twice the industry‐leading service life
and reduce module replacement costs and
unscheduled downtime.

SolidBlue applicators and modules are available in


two designs. SolidBlue S applicators feature
air‐open/spring‐close (AO/SC) and SolidBlue A
applicators feature air‐open/air‐close (AO/AC)
actuation.

Applicator modules are fully rebuildable and key


applicator body components are easily accessible
for easier, faster maintenance. All single and
multi‐module applicators are built from the same
applicator body platform for greater application
flexibility and system compatibility. The Best
Choice configurator allows you to quickly and easily SolidBlue S SolidBlue A
determine the right applicator body for your
application, minimizing the need for specially  SolidBlue A applicators have faster needle velocity
engineered applicators and reducing delivery time. which minimizes stringing with aggressive and
pressure‐sensitive materials.
 EasyOn module mounting feature reduces installation
time and other benefits by providing:  SolidBlue A modules open and close simultaneously,
providing precise, repeatable bead lengths in
‐ Guided, one‐way fit (mated module and multi‐module configurations without fine tuning.
applicator body surfaces)
 SolidBlue S versions meet the performance
‐ Easier, safer installation (especially on applicator requirements of most applications and include the
bodies located deep within machines) benefits of long life.
‐ Backward compatibility (modules fit existing  SolidBlue S modules retrofit on ClassicBlue
Nordson applicator bodies) applicator bodies or are available as a complete
SolidBlue S applicator assembly. Upgrade existing
‐ Simpler design.
lines using with SolidBlue S applicators and Saturn
 Color‐coding identifies AO/AC and AO/SC actuation. solenoids.
 Plastic module cover offers protection during  Superior adhesive cut‐off helps improve product
incidental contact. quality and reduce rejects.
 Performance‐matched Saturn solenoid valves  Factory‐set stroke and precision components virtually
delivers fast cycle speeds and consistent opening. eliminate the need for operator adjustment, producing
 New Myritex seals increase service, significantly consistent pattern placement.
reducing replacement costs, downtime and  RTD sensors and solid‐state temperature control hold
maintenance. within 0.5 C (1 F) of setpoint, improving bead
 Inspection port allows visual monitoring of module uniformity.
performance.  Quick‐disconnect electrical plugs and easy‐entry
 Large diameter heater improves service life. service panels speed installation and maintenance.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-10 Automatic Applicators

SolidBlue Hot Melt Applicators and Modules (contd)

Parts and Accessories - Solid Blue Applicators


Use the Best Choice configurator to configure a single‐module or multi‐module applicator with mounted
solenoid for a specific application and to obtain a part number and ordering information. The Best Choice
configurator will also provide dimensions for a specified applicator. Order the configurator CD, part number
1059280, free of charge. You may also contact a Nordson representative or visit https://ppa.nordson.com to
obtain a copy of the Best Choice configurator.

All single module applicators and LP applicators have the same mounting hole configuration as legacy
applicators.

SolidBlue Low Profile (LP) Applicators


Low profile applicators are not available for order through the Best Choice configurator.

Part Number Description


1057393 SolidBlue A, 2‐module, .88 centers, CA, water wash
1057394 SolidBlue A, 2‐module, .88 centers, CA
1057397 SolidBlue S, 2‐module, .88 centers, CA
1057398 SolidBlue S, 2‐module, .88 centers, CA, water wash
1057399 SolidBlue S, 2‐module, .88 centers, CA, 200V
1057400 SolidBlue S, 2‐module, .88 centers, IA
4057403 SolidBlue S, 2‐module, 1.50 centers, CA
1057395 SolidBlue A, 4‐module, .88 centers, CA
1057396 SolidBlue A, 4‐module, .88 centers, CA, water wash
1057404 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88 centers, CA
1057405 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88 centers, CA, 200V
1057406 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, 1.00 centers, IA
1057407 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88-2.62-.88 centers, CA
1057408 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88-2.75-.88 centers, CA
1057409 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88-4.50-.88 centers, CA
4057410 SolidBlue S, 4‐module, .88-1.50-.88 centers, CA
1057411 SolidBlue S, 6‐module, .88 centers, CA

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-11

SolidBlue Hot Melt Applicators and Modules (contd)

Replacement Modules
Part Number Description
1054951 Module blank, SolidBlue/SureBead
1052925 SolidBlue S module
1052927 SolidBlue A module

Multi‐Service Device
The multi‐service device is used for Blue Series
modules. Use the multi‐service device for air cap
adjustment, module removal, nozzle removal and
applicator filter removal. Refer to the Accessories P/N 1059671
section for more information.

Insulating Applicator Jackets


Part Number Description
1065642 Jacket, applicator, BC, single, back, AO/SC*
1066184 Jacket, applicator, BC, single, back, AO/AC*
*For other jackets, contact application engineering.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-12 Automatic Applicators

SolidBlue Hot Melt Applicators and Modules (contd)

Dimensions

57.38 mm
(2.26 in.)
40.23 mm
(1.58 in.)
40.23 mm
(1.58 in.)

98.46 mm
(3.88 in.)
This View Shown with Cover Off
83.01 mm
(3.27 in.)

12.45 mm 96.83 mm
(0.49 in.) (3.81 in.)
29.59 mm
(1.17 in.)

SolidBlue A

SolidBlue S

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-13

SureBead Reduced Cavity Applicators and Modules

Description
SureBead applicators and modules maximize
application flexibility, produce clean patterns and
deliver sharp cutoff with virtually clog‐free operation.
Modules feature needle and seat design and are
smaller than previous SureBead models for better
placement in machines. SureBead A features
air‐open/air close (AO/AC) and SureBeadS
features air‐open/spring‐close (AO/SC) actuation.

Applicator modules are fully rebuildable and key


applicator body components are easily accessible
for easier, faster maintenance. All single and
multi‐module applicators are built from the same
applicator body platform for greater application
flexibility and system compatibility. The Best
Choice configurator allows you to quickly and easily
determine the right applicator body for your
application, minimizing the need for specially SureBead S SureBead A
engineered applicators and reducing delivery time.

SureBead nozzles are similar in design to Nordson


Saturn nozzles, with gray upper ring to indicate a  Color‐coding module body identifies AO/AC or
pressed‐in seat with minimal engagement and a AO/SC actuation.
color‐coded lower ring to indicate orifice size. The  “Cool to touch” module cover increases protection
self‐cleaning action of the integrated nozzle and during incidental contact.
needle assembly produces clean patterns and  Inspection port allows visual monitoring of module
sharp cutoff. performance.
 EasyOn module mounting feature reduces installation  Removable, reduced cavity Saturn‐style nozzle
time and other benefits by providing: allows quick and efficient bead size changes.
‐ Guided, one‐way fit (mated module and  Large diameter heater improves servicing life.
applicator body surfaces)
‐ Easier, safer installation (especially on applicator
bodies located deep within machines)
‐ Backward compatibility (modules fit existing
Nordson applicator bodies)
‐ Simpler design

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-14 Automatic Applicators

SureBead Reduced Cavity Applicators and Modules (contd)

Parts and Accessories - SureBead Applicators


Use the Best Choice configurator to configure a single‐module or multi‐module applicator with mounted
solenoid for a specific application and to obtain a part number and ordering information. The Best Choice
configurator will also provide dimensions for a specified applicator. Order the configurator CD, part number
1059280, free of charge. You may also contact a Nordson representative or visit https://ppa.nordson.com to
obtain a copy of the Best Choice configurator.

Replacement Modules
Part Description
1054951 Module blank, SolidBlue/SureBead
1052928 SureBead S, .008 (purple)
1052929 SureBead S, .012 (green)
1052931 SureBead S, .016 (orange)
1052932 SureBead S, .020 (beige)
1056127 SureBead S, .032 (gold)
1056128 SureBead S, .040 (turquoise)
1052934 SureBead A, .008 (purple)
1052935 SureBead A, .012 (green)
1052936 SureBead A, .016 (orange)
1052937 SureBead A, .020 (beige)
1056129 SureBead A, .032 (gold)
1056130 SureBead A, .040 (turquoise)

Replacement Nozzles Multi‐Service Device


Part Description The multi‐service device is used for Blue Series
339695 Kit, Nozzle, .008 (purple) modules. Use the multi‐service device for air cap
adjustment, module removal, nozzle removal and
339696 Kit, Nozzle, .012 (green)
applicator filter removal. Refer to the Accessories
339697 Kit, Nozzle, .016 (orange) section for more information.
339698 Kit, Nozzle, .020 (beige)
1055563 Kit, Nozzle, .032 (gold)
1055560 Kit, Nozzle, .040 (turquoise)

P/N 1059671
Insulating Applicator Jackets
Part Number Description
1065642 Jacket, applicator, BC, single,
back, AO/SC*
1066184 Jacket, applicator, BC, single,
back, AO/AC*
*For other jackets, contact application engineering.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-15

SureBead Reduced Cavity Applicators and Modules (contd)

Saturn Nozzles to SureBead Module Conversion Table

Saturn Nozzle Size SureBead Nozzle Size


AO/SC AO/AC SureBead Nozzles
Part No. Description Size
Module Module
322008 NOZZLE,BR,PUR&PUR,.008 DIA X .050 0.008 1052928 1052934
322008 NOZZLE,BR,BLU&PUR,.010 DIA X .050 0.008 1052928 1052934
322012 NOZZLE,BR,GRN&PUR,.012 DIA X .050 0.012 1052929 1052935
322014 NOZZLE,BR,YEL&PUR,.014 DIA X .050 0.016 1052931 1052936
322016 NOZZLE,BR,ORA&PUR,.016 DIA X .050 0.016 1052931 1052936
322018 NOZZLE,BR,RED&PUR,.018 DIA X .050 0.020 1052932 1052937
322020 NOZZLE,BR,BEI&PUR,.020 DIA X .050 0.020 1052932 1052937 AO/AC
AO/SC
322024 NOZZLE,BR,GRY&PUR,.024 DIA X .050 0.032 1056127 1056129
322110 NOZZLE,BR,BLU&BRN,.010 DIA X .075 0.008 1052928 1052934 Part No. Description
322112 NOZZLE,BR,GRN&BRN,.012 DIA X .075 0.012 1052929 1052935 339695 Nozzle 0.008 (purple)
322114 NOZZLE,BR,YEL&BRN,.014 DIA X .075 0.012 1052929 1052935 339696 Nozzle 0.012 (green)
322116 NOZZLE,BR,ORA&BRN,.016 DIA X .075 0.016 1052931 1052936 339697 Nozzle 0.016 (orange)
322118 NOZZLE,BR,RED&BRN,.018 DIA X .075 0.016 1052931 1052936 339698 Nozzle 0.020 (beige)
322120 NOZZLE,BR,BEI&BRN,.020 DIA X .075 0.020 1052932 1052937 105563 Nozzle 0.032 (gold)
322124 NOZZLE,BR,GRY&BRN,.024 DIA X .075 0.032 1056127 1056129 105560 Nozzle, 0.040 (turquoise)
322212 NOZZLE,BR,GRN&BLU,.012 DIA X .100 0.008 1052928 1052934
322214 NOZZLE,BR,YEL&BLU,.014 DIA X .100 0.012 1052929 1052935
322216 NOZZLE,BR,ORA&BLU,.016 DIA X .100 0.016 1052931 1052936
322218 NOZZLE,BR,RED&BLU,.018 DIA X .100 0.016 1052931 1052936
322220 NOZZLE,BR,BEI&BLU,.020 DIA X .100 0.020 1052932 1052937
322224 NOZZLE,BR,GRY&BLU,.024 DIA X .100 0.032 1056127 1056129
322312 NOZZLE,BR,GRN&GRN,.012 DIA X .150 0.008 1052928 1052934
322314 NOZZLE,BR,YEL&GRN,.014 DIA X .150 0.012 1052929 1052935
322316 NOZZLE,BR,ORA&GRN,.016 DIA X .150 0.012 1052929 1052935
322318 NOZZLE,BR,RED&GRN,.018 DIA X .150 0.016 1052931 1052936
322320 NOZZLE,BR,BEI&GRN,.020 DIA X .150 0.020 1052932 1052937
322324 NOZZLE,BR,GRY&GRN,.024 DIA X .150 0.032 1056127 1056129
322412 NOZZLE,BR,GRN&BLK,.012 DIA X .300 0.008 1052928 1052934
322414 NOZZLE,BR,YEL&BLK,.014 DIA X .300 0.008 1052928 1052934
322416 NOZZLE,BR,ORA&BLK,.016 DIA X .300 0.008 1052928 1052934
322418 NOZZLE,BR,RED&BLK,.018 DIA X .300 0.012 1052929 1052935
322424 NOZZLE,BR,GRY&BLK,.024 DIA X .300 0.020 1052932 1052937
322428 NOZZLE,BR,BLK&BLK,.028 DIA X .300 0.020 1052932 1052937
* All percentages are calculated based on tested flowrates. Actual pressures may vary.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-16 Automatic Applicators

SureBead Reduced Cavity Applicators and Modules (contd)

Dimensions

40.23 mm
(1.58 in.)

108.83 mm
(4.28 in.)

93.37 mm
(3.68 in.)

SureBead A 12.45 mm
(0.49 in.)

29.59 mm
(1.17 in.)

57.38 mm
(2.26 in.)

40.23 mm
(1.58 in.)

107.19 mm
(4.22 in.)

SureBead S

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-17

Select Series Applicators

Description
Select Series Applicators provide Nordson quality applicators to fit melters from ITW/Dynatec, Hot Melt
Technologies (HMT), or Robatech. The Select Series applicators are equipped with the appropriate
cordsets and proper electrical/hudraulic connectors for easy installation onto other manufacturers' melters.

Select Series automatic applicators are available in air‐open‐spring‐close or air‐open‐air‐close versions as


offered in the Best Choice Series. These applicators deliver many benefits, including:
 Industry‐leading service life that enhances productivity.
 Choice of Air‐open/Spring‐close or Air‐open/Air‐close versions.
 Consistent life module to module maximizes uptime through predictable behavior.
 Superior cutoff. Even with difficult materials, delivers accurate bead placement and attractive packages.
 Excellent module‐to‐module synchronization on closing.

Use the Best Choice Configurator to select your new/replacement applicator.

Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code


The Best Choice configurator will help you select the applicator best suited to your application. You may also
visit our website, https://ppa.nordson.com, to obtain the configurator program. Below is a typical configuration
code listing and a table that interprets the code. When a configured applicator is ordered, Nordson assigns a
unique identifier code to the assembly, and that number is stamped onto the applicator identifier plate. The
identifier code can then be used to order new configured applicators, forgoing the configuration process.

Number
Appli- Number Saturn
Module Air Module Cordset of
cator of Voltage Cordset Solenoid Inline
Type Type Spacing Position Hydraulic
Model Modules Filters
Ports
SURS STD 04 A CA 022 T LB 3A0A E9 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Box Box
Applicator Model Module Type
1 2
Description Code Description Code
ClassicBlue Reduced Cavity CBRC Standard STD
ClassicBlue Zero Cavity CBZC Right Angle (Classic Blue Only) RA
ClassicBlue Zero Cavity Extended CBZE Zero cavity ZC
ClassicBlue Right Angle CBRA Reduced Cavity RC
SureBead S Zero cavity extended ZE
SURS
(air‐open‐spring‐close) (AO/SC)
SureBead A
SURA
(air‐open‐air‐close) (AO/AC)
SolidBlue S (AO/SC) SLBS
SolidBlue A (AO/AC) SLBA
NOTE: Solid Blue S replaces Classic Blue
Standard.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-18 Automatic Applicators

Select Series Applicators (contd)

Best Choice Applicator Configuration Code (contd)

Box Box
Number of Modules Cordset
3 7
Description Code Description Code
Number of modules 1-26 3000/Blue Series T
Bulk melter B
Water wash W
Box DYP (Dyna Pro) <305 mm P
Voltage
4 DYC (Dyna Mini) <305 mm N
Description Code RB (Robatech) <305 mm R
240 V A SB (Slauterback) <305 mm S
200 V B MXT (Meltex TC) <305 mm J
MXR (Meltex Platinum) <305 mm K
200F Tstat <305 mm 1
Box 225F Tstat <305 mm 2
Air Type
5
250F Tstat <305 mm 3
Description Code
275F Tstat <305 mm 4
Common air CA 300F Tstat <305 mm 5
Independent air IA 325F Tstat <305 mm 6
Programmed air PA 350F Tstat <305 mm 7
375F Tstat <305 mm 8
400F Tstat <305 mm 9
Box PAL 1 (Palette Stabilization - RTD)
Module Spacing Y
6 <305 mm
Description Code PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
A
Three digit value (number of 200F Tstat <305 mm
modules minus one) PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
C
225F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
D
250F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
E
275F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
F
300F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
G
325F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
H
350F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
L
375F Tstat <305 mm
PAL 2 (Palette Stabilization - CL IX)
X
400F Tstat <305 mm
Melton <305 mm M
Valco <305 mm V

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-19

Select Series Applicators (contd)

Box Box
Cordset Position Saturn Inline Filters
8 10
Description Code Description Code
Left Back LB 50‐mesh, straight E0
Right Back RB 50 mesh, no filter inlet fitting E1
Left Side LS 50‐mesh, 45 angle E4
Right side RS 50‐mesh, 90 angle E9
Both back BB 100‐mesh, straight F0
Back BA 100‐mesh, no filter inlet fitting F1
Top feed TF 100‐mesh, 45 angle F4
100‐mesh, 90 angle F9
200‐mesh, straight G0
Box 200 mesh, no filter inlet fitting G1
Solenoid
9
200‐mesh, 45 angle G4
Description Code 200‐mesh, 90 angle G9
First character - # Air ports:
3 ports (AO/SC) 3
4 ports (AO/AC) 4
Second character - Voltage: Box
Number of Hydraulic Ports
24 VDC A 11
100 VAC B Description Code
120 VAC C 1 hydraulic port 1
200 VAC D
240 VAC E 3 hydraulic ports 3
Third character-LED option: 5 hydraulic ports 5
Std (black) 0
LED (white) 1
Fourth character - Solenoid
Size:
Large Saturn CV (1/4 in. NPT) A
Small Saturn CV (1/8 in. NPT) B
Large Saturn ‐not mounted to Y
applicator
Small Saturn - not mounted to Z
applicator

Insulating Applicator Jackets


Part Number Description
1065642 Jacket, applicator, BC, single, back, AO/SC*
1066184 Jacket, applicator, BC, single, back, AO/AC*
*For other jackets, contact application engineering.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-20 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-21

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module

Description
Nordson MiniBlue II applicators set the new industry
standard for speed, reliability and performance.
Ideal for operations with close flap‐compression
sections or smaller flaps with shorter adhesive
beads, these applicators deliver consistent, robust
performance.

MiniBlue II applicators feature superior module life


and increased high‐speed capability. Customers will
benefit from greater productivity, less maintenance
and reduced downtime.

The ball‐and‐seat (BAS) modules offer longer life


and better adhesive cut off. This new, patented and
patent‐pending, hydraulic seal delivers operating
life of more than 2 times current standards.

The diameter of the piston area is increased by 33


percent, delivering greater opening and closing
force for improved adhesive cut off at high speeds.

The new high‐speed Saturn Platinum (SP)


solenoid technology improves speed, reduces cycle MiniBlue II applicators dispense a standard range of
times and delivers longer life with consistent packaging‐grade adhesives with viscosities up to
operation over the life of the valve. 5,000 cps. Optimal performance (2ms) is typically
achieved at adhesive viscosities of 500 to 1,500
Combining new module and solenoid technology cps. Materials with viscosities ranging from 1,500 to
produces: 5,000 cps may also be dispensed, but at reduced
application parameters.
 High‐speed cycle times of 2 ms (adhesive
dependent) MiniBlue II applicators adapt to a variety of
 Unmatched operational life
applications such as:
 Superior consistency and performance  General packaging - case sealing, carton sealing and
adhesive stitching.
 High‐end packaging - speciality cartons/small flaps,
high‐speed packaging lines, tray making,
beverage/bottle carriers
 Paper converting - buckle folders, mailers,
bookbinding, folding cartons, envelope, and print
finishing.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-22 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

MiniBlue II Applicator Configuration Code


Use the MiniBlue II configurator to configure a single‐module or multi‐module applicator with mounted
solenoid for a specific application and to obtain a part number and ordering information. The MiniBlue II
configurator will also provide dimensions for a specified applicator. Contact a Nordson representative or visit
https://ppa.nordson.com to obtain a copy of the MiniBlue II configurator.

Hydraulic Ports
Configuration

Saturn Inline
Valve Type

Number of
Number of

Air Supply
Applicator

Solenoid
Modules

Position
Cordset
Cordset
Voltage
Module

Filters
Model

Cover
Type

Type
MB2 BEL 00 A CA T TS SP E4 1 000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Box
Air Supply Configuration
Box 5
Applicator Model
1 Description Code
Description Code Common air CA
MiniBlue II MB2 Independent air IA
Programmed air PA

Box
Module Type
2 Box
Cordset Type
Description Code 6
MiniBlue II ball‐and‐seat BEL Description Code
3000/Blue Series T
Water wash RTD W
Box
Number of Modules
3
Box
Description Code Cordset Position
7
Slimline 00
Description Code
Wide module applicator
1 module
01 Top Service TS
Multi‐module applicator, 2-8 Left side (configurable
02-08 applicators only)
LS
modules
Right side (configurable
applicators only)
RS

Left back (configurable


applicators only)
LB
Box
Voltage
4
Right back (configurable
Description Code applicators only)
RB
240 VAC A
200 VAC B

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-23

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

Box Box
Solenoid Valve Type Number of Hydraulic Ports
8 10
Description Code Description Code
One hose port centered on back. 1
SP (Saturn Platinum) SP One hose port on each end and
3
one centered on back.
SD MiniMac One hose port on each end and
Line speeds  90 m/min SD three on back (one in the center 5
(295 ft/min) and one at each end)
SG (Saturn)
All line speeds SG
SD solenoid valves may not be used in Box
common air applicator configurations. Cover
11
If the production line speed is 90 m/min Description Code
(295 ft/min) or less, any solenoid valves
may be used. If the production line speed is No cover 000
greater than 90 m/min (295 ft/min), only SG Soft Cover 010
or SP solenoid valves may be used.
Hard Cover 020

Box
Saturn Inline Filters
9
Description Code
50‐mesh, straight E0
50‐mesh, 45 angle E4
50‐mesh, 90 angle E9
100‐mesh, straight F0
100‐mesh, 45 angle F4
100‐mesh, 90 angle F9
200‐mesh, straight G0
200‐mesh, 45 angle G4
200‐mesh, 90 angle G9
On slim single‐module applicators, the hose
connector is located just above the
integrated filter. On single‐ or multi‐module
configurable applicators, the filter is inline
with the hose connector.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-24 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

MiniBlue II Applicator Specifications


Item Specification Note
Operating temperature 230 C (400 F) maximum
System hydraulic pressure 103 bar (1,500 psi) maximum A
Operating air pressure 3.4-5.5 bar (50-80 psi) B
Operating speed 8,000 cycles per minute
Nozzles Saturn, single orifice (controlled engagement) nozzles
Electrical service 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz optional
Saturn Solenoid valve power supply 24 VDC, high‐temperature, factory installed
Minimum bead deposition 2ms (adhesive dependent)
Adhesive viscosity 500 to 1500 cps optimal
500 to >5000 cps capability
NOTE A: Recommended range. Dry, regulated, unlubricated air required for consistent applicator operation.
B: System hydraulic pressures are application‐dependent. Variables such as the adhesive type and product line speed
must be considered when establishing an optimum system hydraulic pressure.

Replacement Modules Solenoids and Fittings


Part Number Description Part Description Note
Module, MiniBlue II, Ball and Solenoid, , Saturn SP, 4‐way,
1099966 1095800
Seat 24 VDC
771458 Valve, solenoid, SD
Solenoid, repl, Saturn, SG, 24
1069020
VDC, rev. function
Solenoid cable, straight
Cordsets 1100687
connect, M8, 3-wire, 5 meter
Cordsets include RTDs. Solenoid cable, 90 degree
1100688
connect, M8, 3-wire, 5 meter
Part Description Note Solenoid cable, straight
Cordset, 2300 w/eyelet, 1100958
223826 connect, M8, 3-wire, 10 meter
RTD-24.0, T-style Solenoid cable,90 degree
223804 Cordset, water wash w/eyelet A 1100959
connect, M8, 3-wire, 10 meter
Kit, repl, cordset, MiniBlue, 734262 Muffler, M5 B
1051272 B
water res. Muffler, 1/8 in. NPT, plastic, A, B
1100452
NOTE A: Used with multi module applicators. compact
B: Used with SlimLine applicators. Muffler, 1/8 in. NPT,
1058058 C
polyethylene
Conversion Kit, MiniBlue
1101047
Solenoid, SD to SP

Applicator Insulating Covers NOTE A: Used with SP solenoids


B: Used with SD solenoids
Part Number Description C: Used with SG solenoids
Insulating Jacket MiniBlue
1099297
Single Module Slim Body
Insulating Jacket MiniBlue
1099298
Single Module Wide Body

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-25

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

Flexible Tubing Kit for SP Solenoids


Part
Item Description Qty
Number
Version A
- 735375 Kit, Flexible Tubing SP
30
10 7330993 Screw-in Joint 6/4 MS 4
Single Swivel Screw Joint Version B
20 7334014 2
MS 70 (PTFE hose
200mm)
30 7334015 Seal Ring 6

80 mm
10
40 7330992 Spring Din 2098 1x8x36 2 30
63 mm
50 7333319 Adapter, MB2 / MS 2
60 375291 O-ring, 6*1, AFLAS 70 2 30
40

33.5 mm
Air hose, D6.0 x d4.0 PTFE 30
70 252277 1
natural, 200 mm 20
Screw Allenhead, M4 x 8, 50
80 311031 2
DIN 912, A2 Items 80 and 90
not shown 60
Washer, Spr, M4, DIN
90 311142 2
7980, A2
Kit includes all parts for straight or 90_ mounting.
NOTE: If a longer hose is needed order by meter,
252277.

Flexible Tubing Kits for SG and SD Solenoids


Part
Item Description Qty Illustration
Number
- 735140 Kit, flexible connection ⅛” x ⅛” adjustable, SG solenoid

148 mm ±1 mm
30
10 733581 Straight connection, ⅛” adjustable 2 10

20 734819 Flexible hose, H-PTFE-8/6 (1 pc = 10 cm) 1 20

30 311484 O-Ring, 7.65 x 1.78, Viton Black 2

Kit, flexible connection ⅛” x ¼” adjustable, 50 mm,


735361
SD solenoid
102 mm ±1mm

10
10 734816 Straight screwed coupling, adjustable 1
30
20 733581 Straight connection, ⅛” adjustable 1
30 734819 Flexible hose, H-PTFE-8/6 (1 pc = 10 cm) 1 20
40 311484 O-Ring, 7.65 x 1.78, Viton Black 1 40

735501 Kit, flexible connection ⅛” x ¼” adjustable, SD solenoid


10
148 mm ±1 mm

10 734816 Straight screwed coupling, adjustable 1


20 733581 Straight connection, ⅛” adjustable 1 30

30 734819 Flexible hose, H-PTFE-8/6 (1 pc = 10 cm) 1


20
40 311484 O-Ring, 7.65 x 1.78, Viton Black 1 40

NOTE: Two kits are needed per solenoid.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-26 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

Dimensions

MiniBlue II (Slim) Applicator with Saturn SP solenoid

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-27

MiniBlue II Applicator with BAS Module (contd)

Dimensions (contd)

MiniBlue II (Wide) Applicator with Saturn SP solenoid

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-28 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-29

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules

Description
Nordson MiniBlue applicators are ideal for
applications with close flap compression sections.
Close multi‐module centerlines as small as 16 mm
(0.63 in.) extend mounting and pattern flexibility in
confined spaces. Single module MiniBlue
applicators offer an 18 mm (0.71 in.) wide manifold.

Compact and configurable, Nordson MiniBlue


applicators are available with a choice of ball and
seat or reduced cavity applicator modules.

Two spring‐loaded seals extend module operating


life and reduce air section failure. These long‐life
hydraulic seals help improve durability and minimize
maintenance and downtime.

MiniBlue modules feature air‐open/air‐close


(AO/AC) actuation, providing a strong closing force
to minimize adhesive stringing, especially with
aggressive and pressure sensitive adhesives.

MiniBlue applicators feature Nordson's EasyOn


design, which provides:
 Guided, one‐way fit (mated module and applicator
body surfaces)
 Easier, safer installation (especially on applicator
bodies located deep within machines)
 Modules fit existing Nordson applicator bodies
 Factory‐set stroke and spring‐loaded seals provide
(backward compatibility).
pattern consistency and extend service life.
 Fixed reduced cavity or removable Saturn nozzles
offer greater application flexibility.  RTD sensors combined with solid‐state proportional
controls hold to within  0.5 C (1 F) of setpoint,
 MiniBlue applicators are compact and configurable improving bead uniformity.
for applications with close flap compression sections.
 Quick‐disconnect electrical plugs speed installation
 The MiniBlue configurator CD tool can design and maintenance.
applicators from immediate input and can provide
customers with immediate product drawings.  Advanced components and design techniques
provide compliance with worldwide approval codes.
 MiniBlue Modules fit existing Nordson H‐100 or
Mini100 applicator bodies. NOTE: For BAS (Ball and Seat) version of this applicator,
 Integral 50‐mesh filter prevents clogging. use MiniBlue II Applicator.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-30 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

MiniBlue Applicator Configuration Code


Use the MiniBlue configurator to configure a single‐module or multi‐module applicator with mounted solenoid
for a specific application and to obtain a part number and ordering information. The MiniBlue configurator will
also provide dimensions for a specified applicator. Contact a Nordson representative or visit
https://ppa.nordson.com to obtain a copy of the MiniBlue configurator.

Programmed
Saturn Inline

Hose Ports

Air Groups
Valve Type
Number of
Applicator

Additional

Solenoid
Modules

Position

Air Type
Cordset
Cordset
Module

Voltage
Filters
Model

Type

MiB R16 03 T LS CA F0 3 SG A 00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Box Box
Applicator Model Cordset
1 4
Description Code Description Code
MiniBlue MiB Standard RTD T
Water wash RTD W

Box
Module Type Box
2 Cordset Position
5
Description Code
Description Code
Reduced cavity, 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) R08
Slim single‐module applicator TS
Reduced cavity, 0.30 mm (0.012 in.) R12
Reduced cavity, 0.41 mm (0.016 in.) R16 Left side (configurable LS
applicators only)
Reduced cavity, 0.51 mm (0.020 in.) R20
Right side (configurable RS
applicators only)
Left back (configurable LB
Box applicators only)
Number of Modules
3
Right back (configurable RB
Description Code applicators only)
Slim single‐module applicator
00
(18 mm [0.71 in.]), 1 module
Configurable single‐module
applicator 01 Box
Air Type
(40 mm [1.47 in.]), 1 module 6
Configurable multi‐module Description Code
02-08
applicator, 2-8 modules Common air CA
Independent air IA
Programmed air PA

NOTE: Use MiniBlue II Configurator for BAS Applicator.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-31

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

Box Box
Saturn Inline Filters Solenoid Valve Type
7 9
Description Code Description Code
50‐mesh, straight E0
SD (small)
50‐mesh, 45 angle E4 SD
Line speeds  90 m/min (295 ft/min)
50‐mesh, 90 angle E9
100‐mesh, straight F0 SG (Saturn)
All line speeds SG
100‐mesh, 45 angle F4
SD solenoid valves may not be used in
100‐mesh, 90 angle F9 common air applicator configurations.
200‐mesh, straight G0 If the production line speed is 90 m/min (295
200‐mesh, 45 angle G4 ft/min) or less, either SD or SG solenoid
200‐mesh, 90 angle G9 valves may be used. If the production line
speed is greater than 90 m/min (295 ft/min),
On slim single‐module applicators, the hose only SG solenoid valves may be used.
connector is located just above the
integrated filter. On single‐ or multi‐module
configurable applicators, the filter is inline Box
Voltage
with the hose connector. 10
Description Code
Box Additional Hose Ports 230 VAC A
8 (all applicators have three hose ports) 200 VAC B
Description Code
One hose port on each end and
3
one centered on back.
Box
One hose port on each end and Programmed Air Groups
11
three on back (one in the center 5
and one at each end) Description Code
Programmed air (two module
PA
groups only)
200 VAC B

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-32 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

MiniBlue Applicator Specifications


Item Specification Note
Operating temperature 204 C (400 F) maximum
System hydraulic pressure 103 bar (1,500 psi) maximum A,B
Operating air pressure 3.4-5.5 bar (50-80 psi)
C
5 bar (73 psi) optimal
Operating speed exceeds 4,200 cycles per minute
Nozzles 0.20, 0.30, 0.41, and 0.51 mm (0.008, 0.012, 0.016, and
D
0.020in.) reduced‐cavity modules; all Saturn nozzles
Electrical service 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Solenoid valve power supply 24 VDC only E
NOTE A: MiniBlue applicator modules operate as air‐open, air‐close valves. The loss or elimination of air pressure to the
applicator solenoid valve without a corresponding reduction in system hydraulic pressure may cause the applicator
modules to remain open.
B: System hydraulic pressures are application‐dependent. Variables such as the adhesive type and product line speed
must be considered when establishing an optimum system hydraulic pressure.
C: Use dry, regulated, unlubricated air for consistent applicator operation.
D: On reduced‐cavity applicators, the nozzle is an integral part of the applicator module.
E: Contact Nordson for information regarding an alternate power supply.

Replacement Modules
Part Number Description
1099967 Module replacement kit, .008RC
1099969 Module replacement kit, .012RC
1099970 Module replacement kit, .016RC
1099971 Module replacement kit, .020RC

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-33

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

Dimensions

128.27 mm
(5.05 in.)

6.1 mm
(0.2 in.) 14.3 mm
(0.5 in.) 9.96 mm
(0.04 in.)

0.32 mm
(0.013 in.)
12 mm
(0.5 in.)
133.5mm (5.2 in.)

15.8 mm (0.8 in.)

70.5 mm 2.8 in.) 74.35 mm


(2.93 in.)

84.1 mm
(3.3 in.)

57.1 mm
(2.2 in.)
7.93 mm (0.31 in.)
97 mm (3.8 in.)
9 mm (0.3 in.)
127.15 mm (5.00 in.)
For Filter Change 15.88 mm (0.52 in.)
18 mm (0.7 in.)

Slim, single-module applicator with SD solenoid valve

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-34 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

Dimensions (contd)

128.27 mm
(5.05 in.)
1.08 mm
(0.04 in.)

1 3

4 2

6.1 mm
(0.2 in.)
0.24 mm
(0.01 in.)
5.06 mm
39.07 mm (1.54 in.) (0.20 in.)

12 mm
(0.5 in.)
15.8 mm (0.8 in.)

74.35 mm
70.5 mm 2.8 in.) (2.93 in.)

84.1 mm
(3.3 in.)
(Saturn)

57.1 mm
(2.2 in.) 7.93 mm (0.31 in.)

97 mm (3.8 in.) 9 mm (0.3 in.)


127.15 mm (5.00 in.)
For Filter Change 15.88 mm (0.52 in.)
18 mm (0.7 in.)

Slim, single-module applicator with SG solenoid valve

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-35

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

13 mm
(0.5 in.)

155 mm
(6.1 in.)
(3.7 in.)
94 mm

88.45 (Saturn)
78.7 mm
(3.1 in.)
(2.9 in.)
73 mm

(5.5 in.)
50.8 mm
(2.0 in.) 44 mm
(1.73 in.)
If water−resistant
Configurable single-module applicator with SD solenoid valve 45 mm (1.77 in.)

141.3 mm
(5.6 in.)

13 mm
228 mm
(9.0 in.)

(0.5 in.)
(3.7 in.)
94 mm
88.45 (Saturn)

78.7 mm
(3.1 in.)

72.4 mm
(2.9 in.)

141 mm
(5.6 in.)
44 mm 50.8 mm
(1.73 in.) (2.0 in.)
If water−resistant
45 mm (1.77 in.)

Configurable single-module applicator with an SG solenoid valve

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-36 Automatic Applicators

MiniBlue Hot Melt Applicators with RC Type Modules (contd)

Dimensions (contd)

66 mm
(2.6 in.)

13 mm
(0.5 in.)
44 mm
(1.7 in.)

155 mm
(6.1 in.)
If water-resistant
45 mm (1.78 in.)
(78.7 mm
(3.1 in.)

(3.5 in.)
(2.4 in.)

90 mm
62 mm
(3.7 n.)
94 mm
88.45 mm Saturn

11 mm 8 mm
(0.43 in.) (0.32 in.)
146 mm
If water-resistant Pitch (5.7 in.)
12 mm (0.47 in.) 50.8 m m
(2.0 in.)

Configurable multi-module applicator with an SD solenoid valve

141.3 mm
(5.6 in.)

71.5 mm
(2.8 in.)

13 mm
14.3 mm (0.5 in.)
228 mm
(9.0 in.)

(0.6 in.)

6.3 mm
(0.2 in.)
45.03 mm
(1.8 in.)

15.88 mm
(78.7 mm

(0.6 in.)
(3.7 in.)
(3.1 in.)

94 mm
72.4 mm
(2.9 in.)

0.9 mm
(0.04 in.)
88.45 mm Saturn

8 mm 11 mm 14.78 mm
(0.32 in.) (0.43 in.) 0.7 in.)
141 mm
50.8 m m (5.6 in.)
Pitch If water-resistant
12 mm (0.47 in.) (2.0 in.)

Configurable multi-module applicator with SG solenoid valve

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-37

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator

Description
The PatternPro applicator features a rotating disk
design, which allows you to rotate the modules on
the applicator body, easily creating new patterns
and dramatically reducing downtime during product
changeover.

A series of O‐rings and separate air and hydraulic


passages allow the disk and applicator module to
pivot on their axes while adhesive and air flow
uninterrupted to the modules.

A small work envelope allows the PatternPro


applicator to fit into tight parent machine constraints,
where standard multi‐module applicators will not.

PatternPro applicators are available with reliable


Nordson air‐open/air‐close MiniBlue, or
air‐open/spring‐close ClassicBlue and SolidBlue S
Series modules. Special applicators can be
ordered for use with ClassicBlue zero cavity or
SureBead S reduced cavity modules.

Closer bead‐to‐bead positioning permits more


flexibility than stacked module applicators. Bead
repositioning can be accomplished without moving
the entire applicator.
 Provides close bead‐to‐bead spacing.
 Speed pattern changes during product changeover
reducing downtime.
 A variety of modules are available for use to address
different applications.
 Unique rotating disk design allows modules to pivot
without adhesive leakage.
 Standard 40 mm (1.58 in.) and 70 mm (2.76 in.)
module pitch applicators cover most traymaking,
cartoning and wrap‐around carton sealing
applications.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-38 Automatic Applicators

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

PatternPro Specifications
MiniBlue RC MiniBlue ClasssicBlue SolidBlue S SureBead S
Parameter (See Notes A, B) (See Note B) (See Note B) (See Note B) (See Note B)
Operating hydraulic
103 bar (1,500 psi) maximum
pressure
Operating air 4-6 bar 4-6 bar 2.8-4.8 bar 3.4-5.5 bar 2.8-5.5 bar
pressure (60-90 psi) (58-87 psi) (40-70psi) (50-80psi) (40-80psi)
5 bar (73 psi)
optimal

Operating speed Exceeds 4,200 Exceeds 4,200 Exceeds 3,500 Exceeds 4,500 Exceeds 4,500
cycles per minute cycles per cycles per cycles per cycles per
minute minute minute minute
Electrical service 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Operating
230 C (450 F) maximum
temperature
Solenoid valve power
24 VDC, high temperature solenoids recommended
supply
NOTE A: Operating hydraulic pressures are application dependent. Factors including hot melt material properties and product line
speed will contribute to establishing optimal working hydraulic pressure.
B: Contact a Nordson representative when using an alternate power supply.

Part Numbers
Part Number Description
731994 MiniBlue, T PatternPro, 50 mm pitch
731995 MiniBlue RC12, T PatternPro, 50mm pitch
731999 ClassicBlue, T PatternPro, 40 mm pitch
731997 SolidBlue S, T PatternPro, 40 mm pitch
731998 ClassicBlue, T PatternPro, 70 mm pitch
731996 SolidBlue S, T PatternPro, 70 mm pitch
731996 SolidBlue S, T PatternPro, 70 mm pitch
731961 SolidBlue S, T PatternPro, 70 mm pitch
731960 SolidBlue S, T PatternPro, 4 module, 64-135-64 mm pitch

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-39

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

Dimensions

731961

731994

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-40 Automatic Applicators

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

Dimensions (contd)

731995

731996

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-41

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

731997

731998

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-42 Automatic Applicators

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

Dimensions (contd)

731999

735197

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-43

PatternPro Variable Pitch Dispensing Applicator (contd)

731690

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-44 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-45

Series H‐20 Hot Melt Applicators

Description
Series H‐20 Automatic Hot Melt Applicators provide
consistent bead deposition in high‐flow, intermittent
applications using high‐viscosity hot melts and other
filled thermoplastic materials. Several different
applicator configurations are available to satisfy
individual case sealing and product assembly
requirements.
 Longer life cartridge design improves service life.
 Air‐open spring‐close design provides speeds that
exceed 4,200 cycles per minute and ensures
consistent performance and reliability.
 Applicators are available with RTD sensors for
precise temperature sensing and control of applicator
temperatures to within 0.5 C (1 F) of setpoint.
 Both standard and large ball‐and‐seat designs offer
high‐flow capability.
 Choice of controlled‐engagement single‐orifice
nozzles, precision multi‐orifice nozzles and extended
nozzle assemblies provides pattern versatility.
 Applicators are available with water‐resistant design,
integral‐filtered bodies, nozzle extension assemblies,
variable temperature controls and integral slot Micro‐Adjust H‐20
nozzles.  Use for balancing flow rates in applications where
flow control adjustment is critical for precise bead
size.
Standard H‐20  Micro‐adjust needle and seat combination allows
adhesive flow adjustment without changing hydraulic
 Feature high‐flow versatility and the largest nozzle
pressure.
selection of any applicator design.

Filtered H‐20
H‐20 Large Ball and Seat  Built‐in heated filter removes char and contaminants
that can inhibit flow and clog nozzles.
 Large ball‐and‐seat design (LBS) features large bore
fittings and a larger ball‐and‐seat for handling  Filter is easily accessible for cleaning.
high‐viscosity or filled materials. Ideal for drum  Three filter screen sizes are available to meet
melters, the H‐20 LBS accommodates 5/16 and 5/8 in. requirements.
hose diameters.  Integrated filter body applicators feature
high‐capacity filters, providing up to 10 times the
service interval of inline filters.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-46 Automatic Applicators

Series H‐20 Hot Melt Applicators (contd)

H‐20 Specifications
Parameter Specification
Operating temperature 230 C (450 F) maximum
Working hydraulic pressure MPa (psi) 10.34 (1,500) maximum
Operating air pressure(1) MPa (psi) 0.28-0.48 (40-70)
Operating speed Exceeds 4,200 cycles/minute
Single and multi‐orifice with fixed and optional
Nozzle series(2) engagements; 232XXX, 231XXX and 220XXX domed,
right‐angle adapter with 236XXX series
240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Electrical service
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz

1. Recommended range. Dry, regulated, unlubricated NOTE: Use H‐20 applicators for high‐flow, intermittent
air required for consistent applicator operation. applications. They are excellent for dispensing high
Module performance and durability will be negatively viscosity and filled materials. H‐20 cartridge design
affected if operated outside the recommended range. provides approximately four times the life of previous
Volumetric air requirements will vary with applicator design when used with packaging‐grade hot melts.
configuration and application.
2. Specify and order nozzles separately.

Selection Charts

H‐20 RTD Applicators


Model Part Number Voltage Comments
H‐20A 274702 240 2300‐style cordset
276096 200
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/16 in. hose 120664 240
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/ in. hose 136537
8
H‐20 Micro‐adjust 274728
H‐20 Filtered body 815138
H‐20W 276778 waterwash, 2300‐style cordset
Series 5000 drum melters, drum melter rectangular
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/8 in. hose 276954
connection (unit end)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-47

Series H‐20 Hot Melt Applicators (contd)

H‐20 Thermostat Applicators


Model Part Number Voltage Temperature C (F) Comments
H‐20A (HM IV) 153010 240 175 (350) standard cordset
273385 240 190 (375)
498661 200 190 (375)
H‐20A (Series 2000) 272716 240 175 (350) QD plug
498660 200 190 (375)
H‐20B 270082 240 175 (350) circulating standard
153045 200 cordset
H‐20C 153130 120
H‐20E 240683 240 circulating Model VII
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/ in. hose 272269 standard cordset
16
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/ in. hose 272270
8
H‐20 Micro‐adjust 272261
H‐20W (HM IV) 241969 waterwash
H‐20 Filtered (HM IV) 815162 standard cordset
H‐20 Filtered (Series 2000) 815134 QD plug

A200 Applicator Heads


Effective April 19, 2002, the Slautterback A‐200 Applicator Heads are no longer available as an A‐200 labeled
head. The A‐200 Head is an H‐20 LBS applicator that is mounted on a Slautterback system. Nordson has
released the H20 heads to support our Slautterback customers. The H20 LBS replacements are listed below.
These heads are in stock and available for immediate shipment.

Slautterback Part Nordson Part Description


75395‐0488 1024510 Applicator, H20‐LBS, 100 ohm RTD
75395‐0409 1024511 Applicator, H20 LBS, SB, 300 Thermostat
75395‐0410 1024512 Applicator, H20 LBS, SB, 315 Thermostat
75395‐0411 1024513 Applicator, H20 LBS, SB, 350 Thermostat
75395‐0412 1024514 Applicator, H20 LBS, SB, 380 Thermostat

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-48 Automatic Applicators

Series H‐20 Hot Melt Applicators (contd)

Thermostat Options
Temperature C (F) Part Number Temperature C (F) Part Number
55 (130) 804839 150 (300) 271936
65 (150) 804837 165 (325) 271928
80 (175) 804836 286 (350) 271929
95 (200) 804835 190 (375) 271930
105 (225) 271933 205 (400) 271931
120 (250) 271934 220 (425) 271932
135 (275) 271935 230 (450) 271937

NOTE: Cordset retrofit kit (P/N 273906) converts standard H‐20 applicators for use with Series 2000 applicators and
hoses. RTD hoses and applicators provide more consistent patterns than thermostat systems. RTD systems increase
component life and reduce maintenance costs. Consult your Nordson representative.

Dimensions
Dimensions mm (in.)
Model
A B C D E
H‐20A, H‐20T
H‐20D, H‐20F
44.5 (1.75) 87.4 (3.77) 117.6 (4.63) 103.1 (4.06) 19.1 (0.75)
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/16 in. hose
H‐20 (micro)
H‐20B, H‐20C 58.7 (2.31) 87.4 (3.44) 104.9 (4.13) 104.9 (4.13) 28.7 (1.13)
H‐20E 57.2 (2.25) 88.9 (3.5) 104.9 (4.13) 106.4 (4.19) 28.7 (1.13)
H‐20 LBS ‐ 5/8 in. hose 44.5 (1.75) 87.4 (3.44) 129.3 (5.09) 103.1 (4.06) 19.1 (0.75)
H‐20W 41.4 (1.63) 111.3 (4.38) 114.3 (4.50) 103.1 (4.06) 19.1 (0.75)

A 38.1 mm 14.2 mm
(1.50 in.) (0.56 in.)
13.0 mm (0.50 in.)

142.7 mm
(5.62 in.)

111.2 mm
C
(4.38 in.)
B

19.0 mm
(0.75 in.) E

Top View Side View Front View

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-49

AG‐900+S Dispense Head

Description
Modular AG900+S dispense heads accurately
dispense high‐performance adhesives and sealants
with viscosities up to one million cps. The patented
AG900+S is compatible with most automated
dispensing equipment and provides configuration
flexibility for various gasketing, sealing and bonding
applications.
 Configurable design accurately dispenses solid and
foamed high‐performance materials, including
silicones, plastisols, urethanes, epoxies, butyls and
hot melts.
 Standard or custom nozzle‐and‐needle designs meet
specific deposition requirements.
 Zero‐cavity nozzle‐and‐needle assembly provides
positive shut‐off to help eliminate clogs and dripping.
 Standard actuation provides air to open spring to
close. Optional air assist to close is available for high
pressure applications.
 Optional pressure regulator reduces pressure
fluctuations during applicator opening, maintaining
consistent output.
 Hose interface options reduce stress on hoses and
robots.
 Compact size and weight accommodate most
operations.
 Dowel‐pin construction facilitates remounting
accuracy after service.

Module Part Numbers


Part Number Description
1088351 Applicator module, AG900+S
1065451 Applicator body, adapter, steel, AG900+S (Replacement Part Only)
1086828 Replacement,Cartridge and Piston Assembly, AG900+S

Solenoid Part Numbers


Part Number Description
1069250 Saturn solenoid, AOAC, 24VDC, 1/8 NPT, QD plug, w/light
1069257 Saturn solenoid, AOAC, 120VDC, 1/8 NPT, QD plug
1073542 Kit, AG900+S, fittings to small Saturn solenoid

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-50 Automatic Applicators

AG‐900+S Dispense Head (contd)

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Operating temperature
Cold Ambient
Hot 230 C (450 F) max
Regulated pressure MPa (psi) 10.34 (1,500)
Maximum input pressure MPa (psi) 3000 psi @ 121 C (250F) / 1500 psi above 121 C (250F)
Operating air pressure MPa (psi) 0.41-0.69 (60-100)
Operating speed 3,200 cycles/minute
Viscosity range centipoise 1,000-1,000,000
Electrical service 220–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
270 W (applicator/regulator), 100 W (swivel)
Weight kg (lb)
Cold 1.8 (4.0)
Heated 2.5 (5.5)

REGULATOR REGULATOR
SINGLE−POSITION ADJUSTMENT
ACTUATOR
MATERIAL
IN

Y−AXIS
SWIVEL

APPLICATOR

X−AXIS SWIVEL
NEEDLE
NOZZLE

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-51

AG900+S Configurations

Module Configuration

(0.5mm Increments)
(5mm Increments)

(1mm Increments)

(1mm Increments)
(5mm Increments)

Secondary Nozzle

Secondary Nozzle
Heated or Cold

Nozzle Type

Primary Nozzle
Voltage

Overall Nozzle
Cordset

Diameter, D1

Diameter, D1

Oriface Size
Length, L2
Length, L1
A G 9 . / / / / .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

Box Boxes Overall Nozzle Length(2), L1


Module Configuration
4-5 11-13 (5mm Increments)
Description Code X X X
Module only 00 2Select “X” for no nozzle
Module w/adapter block & lock 10
Module w/regulator, SAE adapter & Boxes Secondary Nozzle Length(3)(4) L2
30
lock 15-17 (5mm Increments)
X X X
3Select “X” for no nozzle or if D2 = D1
Box 6 Heated or Cold 4Pricing for nozzles with L2 in excess
of
Description Code 25mm must be reviewed by Engineering
Heater for 910 H
Heater for 930 H Boxes Primary Nozzle Diameter(2)(5), D1
19-20 (1mm Increments)
Cold C
X X X
None X 2Select “X” for no nozzle
5D1 must be less than or equal to 13mm

Box 7 Cordset
Boxes Secondary Nozzle Length(3), D2
Description Code 22-23 (1mm Increments)
Bm style cordset B X X X
T‐style cordset T 3Select “X” for no nozzle or if D2 = D1
Not Applicable X
Boxes Orifice Size(2)
25&27 (0.5mm Increments)
Box 8 Voltage X . X
Description Code 2Select “X” for no nozzle
240 V A
200 V B (19 mm) L1

Not Applicable X
Orifice
L2 size

Box 9 Nozzle Type(1)


D2 D1
Description Code
Zero cavity Z
No nozzle X
1Pricing Nozzle/
includes set of 3 needle nozzle Module
assemblies with applicator and engineering Flange D1 must be less than or equal to 13
mm

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-52 Automatic Applicators

AG900+S Nozzle Configurations

(0.5mm Increments)
(5mm Increments)

(1mm Increments)
Secondary Nozzle

(1mm Increments)
(5mm Increments)

Secondary Nozzle
Primary Nozzle
Nozzle Type

Nozzle Type

Overall Nozzle

Diameter, D1

Diameter, D1

Oriface Size
Length, L2
Length, L2
N Z L . A G 9 0 0 . . / / / / .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Box
Nozzle Type(1) L1
11 (19 mm)

Description Code
Orifice
L2 size
Zero cavity Z
1Pricing is subject to review by Engineering
D2 D1

Boxes Overall Nozzle Length, L1


13-15 (5mm Increments)
X X X
Nozzle/
Module
Flange D1 must be less than or equal to 13 mm

Boxes Secondary Nozzle Length(2)(3) L2


17-19 (5mm Increments)
X X X
2Pricing
for nozzles with L2 in excess of
25mm must be reviewed by Engineering
3Select “X” for no nozzle or if D2 = D1

Boxes Primary Nozzle Diameter(4), D1


21-22 (1mm Increments)
X X X
4D1 must be less than or equal to 13mm

Boxes Secondary Nozzle Length(3), D2


24-25 (1mm Increments)
X X X
3Select “X” for no nozzle or if D2 = D1

Boxes Orifice Size


27&29 (0.5mm Increments)
X . X

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-53

AG‐900+S Dispense Head (contd)

Dimensions

5.51

1.90
1.68

.38 .75

.20 1.13
.55
1.57

2.14 .75

4.42
2.38
5.81
2.63

NOTE: All dimensions are in inches.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-54 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-55

E‐400 Series Electric Applicators

Description
The E-400B applicator dispenses hot melt adhesive
in bead form. A applicator driver provides
all-electric actuation, eliminating the need for
compressed air. Adhesive enters the inlet port of
the E-400B applicator and flows through the
manifold into the module seat, which is sealed by
the end of the armature. When the coil is energized
by the applicator driver, the armature lifts off the
seat, allowing adhesive to flow. The armature is
held off the seat by the magnetic attraction of the
coil. When the applicator driver de-energizes the
coil, the coil loses its magnetic attraction and the
armature is forced back into the seat by a return
spring, stopping the adhesive flow.

E-400B applicators are available in top and rear


feed configurations.

The E-400 BAS module’s hydraulic section can be


easily disassembled for easy cleaning.

E-400 BAS uses standard Saturn nozzles.

Intended Uses
The E-400B applicator is designed for use
 in industrial applications that require the deposition of  with electric applicator drivers and pattern controllers
a precise bead of hot melt adhesive onto a moving designed and manufactured by Nordson Corporation
substrate
 with small diameter hoses designed and
manufactured by Nordson Corporation

Selection Chart
Part Number Description
1031013 ES401-RC-T-F, rear feed applicator
1031635 ES401-RC-T-F, top feed applicator
1086385 Module service kit, E-400B B, bead, stl seat

E‐400B Drivers
The E-400B driver will work for most applications. Use the E-400B Driver Application Guide software to
determine if the driver will work for your application. To access the E-400 Application Guide, go to
www.enordson.com/support and select the E-400 Application Guide link to download the software.

Part Description
1045869 Driver, E-400B, non-programmable, high-viscosity
1039761 Cable, applicator-to-driver, E-400B, 12 m

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-56 Automatic Applicators

E‐400 Series Electric Applicators (contd)

E‐400B Applicator Specifications


Due to technological or quality improvements, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Specifications are expressed in maximum values. All specification values may not necessarily be achieved
simultaneously.

Item Specification Note


Adhesive viscosity up to 1.200 cps A
Operating hydraulic pressure 82 bar (1,200 psi)
103.4 bar (1,500 psi) maximum
Operating temperature 175 C (350 F) nominal A
190 C (375 F) maximum
Operating speed up to 6,000 cycles per minute A
Nozzle selection (bead) Any standard nozzle or Saturn precision nozzle

Electrical service 220−240 VAC, 50/60 Hz


NOTE A: Actual cycle rates and maximum operating temperatures depend on the application. Use the ES-400 Application Guide
software to determine the operating speeds for a specific application.

Torque Specifications Applicator Dimensions


Item Torque Specification
Hose connector 10−14 Nm (7−10 ft-lb) 9.60 mm
(0.38 in.)
Bead nozzle 4.5 Nm (40 in.-lb)
E-400B module bracket 1.7 Nm (15 in.-lb)
(clamp) screw

94.38 mm
(3.72 in.) 78.51 mm
(3.09 in.)

9.86 mm
(0.39 in.) 12.45 mm
(0.49 in.)

24.89 mm 51.59 mm
(0.98 in.) (2.03 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-57

e.dot+ Electric Applicators

Description
Compact, all‐electric e.dot+ applicators provide
precise, high‐speed dot or bead placement, quiet
operation and a long service life.

Easy to install e.dot+ applicators operate in


combination with a specially designed small
diameter hose and an external applicator driver,
allowing direct plug and play connections between
the adhesive melter, applicator, driver and hose.
Nordson e.dot applicators have on‐times as low as
0.4 ms and cycle rates as fast as 1.8 ms and a
service life in excess of 200 million cycles.

The ball and nozzle/seat design provides excellent


repeatability, pattern control and consistency,
delivering superior dot patterns and minimizing
adhesive stringing or tailing. The e.dot+ applicator
features a removable armature and seat and
interchangeable nozzles, allowing for easy  Delivers accurate dot placement.
maintenance. Manual stroke adjustment allows for  Requires minimal space for installation and service.
re‐zeroing of the module after servicing. The e.dot+  Quick, easy installation.
module coil connector allows fast module  Operates quietly.
exchange.
 Fast‐acting coil delivers small dots/beads at fast line
speeds.
The all‐electric design of the e.dot+ applicator
eliminates the need for compressed operating air,  Reduced cavity nozzle dispenses consistent
dynamic seals and frequent module maintenance. dots/beads at varying line speeds.
An integrated Saturn filter simplifies maintenance  Integrated Saturn filter removes contaminants from
and is necessary for clean operation. adhesive flow path.
 Quick‐disconnect cordset simplifies installation.

NOTE: The e.dot+ electric applicator can be driven by


various devices. Refer to the Applicator Driver Selection
Chart and the Applicator Driver Comparison Chart in the
Controls section for more information.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-58 Automatic Applicators

e.dot+ Electric Applicators (contd)

e.dot+ Applicator Specifications


Parameter Specification
Service life 200 million cycles
Response time 1.8 ms*
Maximum hydraulic pressure 100 bar (1450 psi)
Working hydraulic pressure 48 Bar (700 psi)
Working viscosity 1000 cps
Maximum viscosity 5000 cps
Operating temperature 185 C (365 F)
Maximum 200 C (392 F)**
*minimum on‐time 0.4 ms viscosity dependent; use e.dot+ application guide.
**dependent on pattern; use e.dot+ application guide.

Applicator Driver Specifications*


LogiComm OEM
LogiComm Control LogiComm e driver
Parameter Applicator Driver
System Applicator Driver Single Box
Board
4 or 8 channels per 4 or 8 channels per
Capacity 4 channels per board 1 channel
board board
110-230 VAC,
100-240 VAC, 100-240 VAC, 170-264 VAC,
Electrical Service 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
24 VDC
Maximum Applicator
160 Watts 110 Watts 160 Watts 95 Watts
Power Capacity
Input line fuses 3 Amps 2 Amps 3 Amps 2 Amps
NPN or PNP 24 VDC and 5
Trigger source options 24 VDC NPN or PNP
(24 VDC sink/source) VDC
IP‐X4 terminal block
Enclosure rating IP‐30 IP‐20 version IP‐20
IP‐30 connector version

*See Section 10, Controls for applicator driver part numbers.

Parts and Accessories


A 200 mesh filter comes standard with e.dot applicators.

e.dot+ Applicators and Modules


Part Number Description
7302215 Applicator, top feed, .25 mm nozzle
7302216 Applicator, top feed, .30 mm nozzle
7302217 Applicator, top feed, .35 mm nozzle
7302218 Applicator, rear feed, .25 mm nozzle

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-59

e.dot+ Electric Applicators (contd)

e.dot+ Applicators and Modules (contd)


Part Number Description
7302219 Applicator, rear feed, .30 mm nozzle
7302220 Applicator, rear feed, .35 mm nozzle
7301602 Module, .25 mm nozzle
7301603 Module, .30 mm nozzle
7301604 Module, .35 mm nozzle

Applicator Service Kits


Part Number Description
7302201 Kit, seal service, module, e.dot+
7302202 Kit, armature, spring, 0.25 mm nozzle
7302203 Kit, armature, spring, 0.30 mm nozzle
7302204 Kit, armature, spring, 0.35 mm nozzle
1062529 Kit, cordset, round connector, w/heater and RTD
7300512 Kit, service, O‐ring, 10 pc., seal, module‐to‐applicator, e.dot+

Cables
Part Number Description
1096060 Cable, 2M, 9‐pin to fly leads
1096061 Cable, 5M, 9‐pin to fly leads
1096062 Cable, 8M, 9‐pin to fly leads
1041835 Cable, 10M, 4‐pin to 9‐pin

Nozzles
Part Number Description
7301540 Nozzle, 0.25 mm, with O‐ring
7301541 Nozzle, 0.3 mm, with O‐ring
7301542 Nozzle, .035 mm, with O‐ring
7300511 Kit, service, O‐ring, 10 pc., seal, module‐to‐applicator, e.dot+

Saturn Integrated Filters


Part Number Description
1045520 Applicator filter kit 200 mesh

e.dot+ Small Diameter Hoses


Part Number Description
1040295 Hose, 2 m (6.56 ft.)
1040296 Hose, 3.5 m (11.5 ft.)
1040297 Hose, 5 m (16.4 ft.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-60 Automatic Applicators

e.dot+ Electric Applicators (contd)

Applicator Dimensions

Top Feed

25 mm
(0.98 in.)

64.3 mm
(2.53 in.)
30.6 mm
(1.2 in.)
9 mm
(0.35 in.)

21 mm 26.9 mm
(0.82 in.) (1.06 in.)

54.8 mm
(2.16 in.)
95 mm
(3.74 in.)

500 mm
15.2 mm (19.68 in.)
(0.60 in.)
25 mm 40mm
(0.98 in.) (1.57 in.)
71 mm
(2.79 in.)

Rear Feed

25 mm
(0.98 in.)

91.8 mm
(2.53 in.)
30.6 mm
9 mm (1.2 in.)
(0.35 in.)

21 mm
(0.83 in.) 13.5 mm
(0.53 in.)
26.9 mm
(1.06 in.)

22.8 mm
95 mm (0.89 in.)
(3.74 in.)

15.2 mm
(0.60 in.)
500 mm
25 mm (19.88 in.)
(0.98 in.)
40 mm
(1.57 71
in.)mm
(2.79 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-61

Series EM‐100 Electric Applicators

Description
Nordson EM‐100 electric applicators provide the
versatility of attaching one to eight valve modules to
a single heated manifold that is supplied by a single
hose. The EM‐100 applicator extrudes beads or
dots of adhesive or other thermoplastic material for
a wide range of packaging and product assembly
applications. The inlet to the applicator manifold
uses Nordson's standard O‐ring port, and is
compatible with the Nordson Saturn inline filters.

EM‐100 applicators allow users to specify the


number and spacing of modules needed for a
specific application. The spacing from nozzle tip to
nozzle tip can be as close as 44.45 mm (1.75 in.)
and up to a total manifold width of 609.6 mm
(24 in.).

EM‐100 applicators accept AC or DC signals to


energize the electric coil on standard or high‐speed
valve modules. The path for driver signal to the
EM‐100 applicator coil is provided by an external
signal cable assembly (purchased separately). Two
screws attach the valve modules to the manifold for
quick removal or replacement. EM‐100 applicators
eliminate the need for compressed air or a complex
valving mechanism. The valving assembly consists  Operates at up to 6000 cycles per minute to meet the
most demanding applications.
of a single moving part, two static O‐rings and a
solenoid mounted on the valve block.  Arrangement of up to eight individual valve modules
on the manifold yields specific adhesive pattern
spacing.
All ports are electrically active. Individual valve
modules and blanking kits arrange on the manifold  All electric design ensures performance and
to yield specific adhesive pattern spacing. A choice reliability.
of left, right, or top feed port to the manifold is  Versatile design and wide nozzle spacing allows for
available and must be specified for each manifold. use in a wide range of packaging and product
The product uses the same nozzles as the assembly applications.
Slautterback E‐100, E‐100XT, M‐100 and the  Resistance temperature detector (RTD) sensors offer
Nordson H‐20 applicators. precise temperature control to within 1 C (1 F) for
exceptional pattern consistency.
 Compatible with Nordson Saturn inline filters.
NOTE: The EM‐100 Series electric applicators can be
driven by various devices. Refer to the Applicator Driver
Selection Chart and the Applicator Driver Comparison
Chart in the Controls section for more information.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-62 Automatic Applicators

Series EM‐100 Electric Applicators (contd)

EM‐100 Specifications
Parameter Specification
Mounting Manifold specific
Hose connections Male JIC no. 6 or 8
Heater voltage 200 or 240 VAC
Coil voltage 120, 200 or 270 VAC
Connector Quick disconnect coil connector
Viscosity Maximum 25,000 cps(1)
Warm‐up time 15 minutes
Adhesive operating pressure 344.5-5512 kPa (50-800 psi)
Temperature control RTD

1. For applications with higher viscosities, contact Nordson.

Parts and Accessories


The EM‐100 Series applicator is offered as a multi‐module applicator with various module centerline distances
and actuating sequences. Please contact the Nordson Application Engineering group to address your needs.

EM‐100 Module Replacement


Part Number Coil Voltage Comments
1033644 120V AC Valve
1033645 120V DC Valve
1033646 120V Continuous Duty Valve
1033647 200V AC Valve
1033648 200V DC Valve
1033649 200V Continuous Duty Valve
1033650 240V AC Valve
1033651 240V DC Valve - For HS Valve and DC Driver
1033652 240V Continuous Duty Valve
1033653 240V High Speed AC Valve
1033654 240V High Speed DC Valve (Stemmed valve)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-63

Series EM‐100 Electric Applicators (contd)

Driver Cable Assembly for EM Series Electric Applicators

Coil Signal
Cordset Adapter

XXXXXX Temperature Controls

EM Series Applicators

Part Number Description


1046343 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 4.6 m (15 ft), 115V
1046344 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 9.1 m (30 ft), 115V
1032902 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 4.6 m (15 ft), 230V
1032904 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 9.1 m (30 ft), 230V
1032447 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 4.6 m (15 ft), 230V water wash
1032448 EM Applicator Series signal cable, 9.1 m (30 ft), 230V water wash

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-64 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-65

SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator

Description
Sift‐proof systems provide high‐integrity hot melt
barrier seals that eliminate product loss caused by
granular products sifting and dusting through seams
and openings at carton corners. In addition, these
seals prevent foreign particles, insects or moisture
from entering liner‐less cartons.

The Nordson SureSeal non‐contact sift‐proof


applicator surpasses the performance of
conventional, multi‐bead applicators. A
cantilevered mounting bracket reduces costly
downtime by allowing operators and maintenance
personnel complete access to all service
components, which can be replaced on‐line in less
than 2 minutes.

Pattern flexibility is achieved using individual


screw‐in nozzles that can be replaced without
removing the nozzle plate from the applicator.
Optional nozzle blanks can be used to yield specific
adhesive pattern spacing on the substrate.

An all‐electric design eliminates the need for


compressed air, dynamic seals and high
maintenance components, providing longer service
life and lowering operating costs. SureSeal
modules have up to 10 times the life of a typical
pneumatic applicator. High‐flow valves support line
speeds of over 450 cartons/minute.
 Improves adhesive usage by 25-50% compared to
pneumatic sift‐proof systems.
 Installs quickly and easily with integrated, slotted  Remove the combined disposable heater and
applicator mounting bracket. resistance temperature detector (RTD) by hand,
 Optimizes adhesive pattern length using high‐speed, reducing maintenance time.
high‐flow module design, reducing stringing and  Speed coil and armature replacement. Single piece,
angel hair for cleaner operation. disposable coil and armature assembly are easily
 Allows changes in carton size and style with minimum clamped into place.
downtime using quick‐change nozzle plates and
nozzle blanks.
 Hardened steel nozzle plate resists scratches. NOTE: The Sure Seal Series electric applicators can be
driven by various devices. Refer to the Applicator Driver
 Eases nozzle replacement using screw‐in nozzles Selection Chart and the Applicator Driver Comparison
that can be changed without removing the nozzle Chart in the Controls section for more information.
plate.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-66 Automatic Applicators

SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator (contd)

Patent Pending - Patterns


Fill Over‐Lap Cartons

Full over‐lap carton


critical areas
Precision pattern placement
Accurate On/Off bead
positioning
Reduced adhesive pattern
length
30% adhesive reduction
Optional independent control of
minor flap beads
Improved carton seal

Patent Pending - Patterns


Fill Over‐Lap Cartons

Full over‐lap carton


critical areas
Precision pattern placement
Accurate On/Off bead positioning
Reduced adhesive pattern length
30% adhesive reduction
Optional independent control of
minor flap beads
Improved carton seal

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-67

SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator (contd)

SureSeal Specifications

8‐inch Applicator
Parameter Specification
Operating temperature 204 C (400 F) maximum
Working hydraulic pressure 68.9 bar (1000 psi)
Maximum operating speed (application
450 carton/minute, 76.2-121.92 m/min.. (250-400 ft./min)
dependent)
Applicator heating method Cartridge‐type electric resistance heaters
Electrical requirements 230 VAC, 600-900 W (depending on applicator configuration)

15‐inch Applicator
Parameter Specification
Operating temperature 230 C (446 F) max.
Working hydraulic pressure 68.9 bar (1000 psi)
Maximum operating speed (application
450 cartons/min. 76.2–121.9 m/min. (250-400 ft./min.)
dependent)
Applicator heating method Cartridge‐type electrical resistance
Electrical requirements 230 VAC, 600-800 W (depending on applicator configuration)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-68 Automatic Applicators

SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator (contd)

Dimensions

8‐inch Applicator Dimensions

4 x 2.54 cm
4 x (1.0 in.)
10.16 cm
(4.00 in.)

2.87 cm
(1.13 in.)

20.95 cm
(8.25 in.)

21.00 cm
(8.25 in.)
10.80 cm 5.80 cm
(4.25 in.) (2.00 in.)

12.22 cm
(4.81 in.)
11.38 cm
(4.44 in.)

15.13 cm
(5.98 in.)
1.3 cm 16.15 cm
(0.51 in.) (6.36 in.)
22.22 cm
(8.76 in.) 19.15 cm
26.26 cm (7.54 in.)
(10.14 in.)

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Automatic Applicators 6-69

SureSeal Non‐Contact Sift‐Proof Applicator (contd)

15‐inch Applicator Dimensions

4 x 2.54 cm
4 x (1.0 in.)

10.16 cm
2.87 cm (4.00 in.)
(1.13 in.)

2.05 cm
(0.81 in.)

42.54 cm
(16.75 in.)

2.05 cm
(0.81 in.)

42.54 cm
(16.75 in.)
38.10 cm 16.15 cm
(15.00 in.) (6.36 in.)

12.22 cm 19.15 cm
(4.81 in.) (7.54 in.)

11.38 cm
(4.44 in.)

15.13 cm
43.81 cm (5.98 in.)
(17.25 in.)

46.68 cm
(18.38in.)
Overall

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


6-70 Automatic Applicators

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-1

Universal Applicators

Description
Universal Applicators represent the very latest in
adhesive spray application performance and
flexibility. Universal applicators feature the popular
pneumatically actuated Universal series modules.
These modules provide application flexibility by
accepting numerous nozzle types on a single
platform.

Commonality of components minimizes spares


requirements and vastly improves serviceability.
This compact, advanced design delivers uniform
heating and accurate adhesive output in support of
a wide variety of product assembly applications.

Universal Applicator Insulating Jackets


Module Manifold Manifold Manifold Manifold Manifold Manifold
Length Length Length Length Length Length
Configuration 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 275 mm 400 mm 525mm
UA with CF200, UM22
1081273 1089856 1087890 1089857 1089858 1090005
or UM25 Modules - standard spray
UA with UMSC or UMSN Modules
1096129 1096130 1096131 1096132 1096133 1096134
and Adapters - standard spray
UA with ClassicBlue or SolidBlue
1081274 1090006 1090007 1090008 1090009 1090020
Modules Bead/Slot
SpeedCoat Applicator - High Speed
1093554 1096124 1096125 1096126 1096127 1096128
Spray

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-2 Non-Contact

Universal Applicators (contd)

UA Configurator

U A - U M 2 5 X E 0 8 - M X V C N / 0 2 5 . 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Boxes Box
Module Type Electrical Zone
1‐4 11
Description Code Description Code
200 Series Controlled Fiberization CF22 Standard X
22mm Universal Module UM22 Low Power 8
25mm Universal Module UM25 Special S
50mm Universal Module UM50
Universal SpeedCoat (High Speed) UMSC
22mm Universal Module, Right Angle UR22 Box
Filter
25mm Universal Module, Right Angle UR25 12
No Modules XXXX Description Code
Vertical V
Threaded F

Box
Module Option
5
Box
Description Code Module Actuation
13
Standard X
Description Code
Optistroke O
Common C
Special S
Independent I
Programmed P

Box
Module Spacing
6
Box
Description Code Solenoid Value
14
(1 or 2 Modules) X
Description Code
Even E
None / NA X
Special S
24VDC Direct N
Special S

Boxes
Number of Modules
7-8
Description Code Boxes
Even Spacing, mm
Enter 2‐digit number ## 16-19
Description Code
Enter 4‐digit number as indicated ###.#

Boxes
Cordset
10
Description Code
Nickel 120 Ohm RTD T
Platinum 100 Ohm RTD M
Water Resistant H
Hardwired P
Special S

Review the following sections for more information on the selections available.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-3

Alta Spray Applicators

Description
AltaSpray applicators are available in a variety of
configurations, including single‐module and
multi‐module (up to 24 modules) versions. Modules
and solenoid valves are ordered separately.
AltaSpray applicators can accommodate CF200,
UM25, and UM50 modules. UM50 modules require
adapter plates. A wide variety of compatible nozzles
are available.

The applicator requires two air supplies: one to


actuate the modules (module‐actuating air) and one
to supply the air that shapes or fiberizes the
adhesive exiting the nozzles (pattern air). The
module‐actuating air is controlled through one or
more solenoid valves that are installed on the
applicator and connected to a module‐actuating air
supply line with an air pressure regulator. The
pattern air is likewise controlled through an air
pressure regulator installed in a pattern air supply
line.

AltaSpray applicators are specifically designed to:


 dispense liquified materials at temperatures below
191C (375F)
 be used with compatible hot melt equipment
manufactured by Nordson Corporation
 be used in non‐explosive environments

Optional Equipment
 insulating jackets
 pressure regulators/gauges

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-4 Non-Contact

Alta Spray Applicators (contd)

Alta Spray Part Numbers


Alta Spray Applicators with T‐Style (Ni‐120 RTD) Cordset
Top Level Number of Module Maximum
Description
Part Number Positions Coating Width
7402704 1 XXE01‐TXVCX‐ALTA (narrow) 50 mm
1081326 4 XXE04‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 100 mm
1081328 8 XXE08‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 200 mm
1081340 12 XXE12‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 300 mm
1081342 16 XXE16‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 400 mm
1081344 20 XXE20‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 500 mm
1081346 24 XXE24‐TXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 600 mm
7402264 16 XXE16‐TXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 800 mm
7402271 20 XXE20‐TXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 1000 mm
7402276 24 XXE24‐TXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 1200 mm

Alta Spray Applicators with M‐Style (PT100 RTD) Cordset


Top Level Number of Module Maximum
Description
Part Number Positions Coating Width
7402709 1 XXE01‐MXVCX‐ALTA (narrow) 50 mm
1081327 4 XXE04‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 100 mm
1081329 8 XXE08‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 200 mm
1081341 12 XXE12‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 300 mm
1081343 16 XXE16‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 400 mm
1081345 20 XXE20‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 500 mm
1081347 24 XXE24‐MXVCX/025.0‐ALTA 600 mm
7402274 16 XXE16‐MXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 800 mm
7402275 20 XXE20‐MXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 1000 mm
7402277 24 XXE24‐MXVCX/050.0‐ALTA 1200 mm

Alta Spray Applicator Modules (Purchased Separately)


Module Maximum Coating
Description
Part Number Width Each
144906 25mm CF200 Module
1048996 25mm UM25 Module
1059601 50mm UM50 Module
1026885 NA Blank Module

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-5

Alta Spray Applicators (contd)

Alta Spray Applicators Adapter Plates


(Purchased Separately - Required only for UM50 Module)
Plate Number Required
Description
Part Number Per UM50 Module
1075489 1 UM50 Asapter Plate

Solenoid Valve Installation Kit


(Purchased Separately - Includes Solenoid and All Fittings Required for Installation)
Solenoid Valve Number Required
Description
Part Number Per Module
One Solenoid
1082801 Supports up to Kit, install, solenoid, 24VDC
100mm Coverage

Alta Spray Applicators Insulating Jackets (Purchased Separately)


Jacket
Configuration Description
Part Number
7403058 AltaSpray-01 narrow Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐01, narrow
1082220 AltaSpray‐04 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐04
1082221 AltaSpray‐08 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐08
1082222 AltaSpray‐12 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐12
1082223 AltaSpray‐16/025.0 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐16/025.0
1082224 AltaSpray‐20/025.0 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐20/025.0
1082226 AltaSpray‐24/025.0 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐24/025.0
1094513 AltaSpray‐16/050.0 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐16/050.0
1094514 AltaSpray‐20/050.0 Jacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐20/050.0
1094515 AltaSpray‐24/050.0 JJacket, insulating, applicator, AltaSpray‐24/050.0

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-6 Non-Contact

Alta Spray Applicators (contd)

Heater Service Kits (Include Heater Cartridge with Pre‐Crimped Ferules and a Terminal Block)
Kit
Configuration Description
Part Number
1082552 AltaSpray‐01 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 250W, 120V, 1.62
1082553 AltaSpray‐04 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 400W, 120V, 3.75
1082554 AltaSpray‐08 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 600W, 240V, 9.00
1082555 AltaSpray‐12 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 800W, 240V,12.5
AltaSpray‐16
1082556 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 800W, 240V, 16.0
(Upper Heater)
AltaSpray‐16
1082557 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 1400W, 240V,16.00
(Lower Heater)
AltaSpray‐20
1082558 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 1000W, 240V, 19.50
(Upper Heater)
AltaSpray‐20
1082559 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 1800W, 240V, 19.50
(Lower Heater)
AltaSpray‐24
1082560 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 1000W, 240V, 26.50
(Upper Heater)
AltaSpray‐24
1082561 Kit, service, heater, cartridge, 0.50D, 2000W, 240V, 26.50
(Lower Heater)

Sensor Service Kits (Include Sensor Cartridge with Pre‐Crimped Ferules and a Terminal Block)
Kit
Configuration Description
Part Number
All T‐style
1082564 (Nickel 120 Ohm RTD Kit, service, sensor, RTD, Ni‐120
Based)
All M‐style
1082565 (Platinum 100 Ohm Kit, service, sensor, RTD, PT100
RTD Based)

Filter Service Kit (Includes Filter Screen and O‐Ring)


Top Level
Configuration Description
Part Number
All Designs - Order
1082562 Kit, service, screen, filter, 0.006
One Kit Per Filter

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-7

Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection

CF 200
Nordson CF‐200 modules offer consistent
performance and long life in an economical
package. These pneumatically actuated modules
are fully rebuildable and compatible with twist‐on
disk or Unibody style CF nozzles.
 Modular design provides ease of operation and
maintenance for reduced downtime.
 Fine spray pattern cools before reaching substrate,
eliminating burn‐through.
 Edge control to within 3 mm (1/8 in.) allows precise
adhesive placement without overspray.
NOTE: CF‐200 modules are compatible with Disk and
Unibody style twist‐on nozzles.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Module width 22 mm
Nozzle compatibility Disk and Unibody style twist‐on CF Nozzles
Operating temperature 70-205 C (160-400 F)
Working hydraulic pressure 1.38-5.52 MPa (200-800 psi)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 8.96 MPa (1300 psi)
Maximum hydraulic flow 110 g/min @10,000 cps, 14g/m2 @ 300 m/min
Actuation air pressure 0.41 MPa (60 psi) recommended

CF Modules
CF‐200 modules are compatible with disk and unibody style twist‐on nozzles.

Part Number Description


144906 Standard module
753166 Right angle module
860924 22 mm blank module

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-8 Non-Contact

Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection (contd)

Universal 22mm (UM22)


Nordson UM22 Universal modules offer speed,
repeatability and long life in an economical
package. These pneumatically actuated modules
feature an innovative seal cartridge assembly that
simplifies rebuilding, and ensures repeatable
performance. UM22 modules are compatible with
the Universal series nozzles, providing application
flexibility and reducing inventory requirements.
Modules are fully compatible with applicators
equipped with 200‐Series spray modules mounted
on 22 mm or greater centers.
 Single platform eliminates the need for
application‐specific designs and reduces spare parts
requirements, minimizing inventory costs
 Seal cartridge simplifies rebuilding and provides
consistent module performance
 Trouble‐free nozzle cleaning maximizes uptime
 Patented single‐screw clamp mechanism allows
quick nozzle replacement, enabling fast changeovers  Proven valve technology helps maximize productivity
 Compatibility with the Nordson OptiStroke needle by performing reliably in demanding applications
stroke detection system reduces product waste and
NOTE: UM22 modules are compatible with all
confirms hot melt adhesive dispensing performance
22 mm Universal style nozzles.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Module width 22 mm
Nozzle compatibility All 22 mm Universal nozzles
Operating temperature 70-205 C (160-400 F)
Working hydraulic pressure 1.38-5.52 MPa (200-800 psi)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 8.96 MPa (1300 psi)
Maximum hydraulic flow 110 g/min @10,000 cps, 14g/m(2) @ 300 m/min
Actuation air pressure 0.41 MPa (60 psi) recommended
Cycles (1) Up to 2500 cycles/minute
1. Maximum number of cycles depends on operating and control air pressure, as well as adhesive viscosities.

UM22 Modules
Part Number Description
1048999 Standard module
1054932 Right angle design module
1063255 Universal Style blank module
1049909 Rebuild Kit, UM22/25, Minor
1049908 Rebuild Kit, UM22/25, Major

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-9

Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection (contd)

Universal 25mm (UM25)


Nordson UM25 Universal modules offer speed,
repeatability and long life in an economical
package. These pneumatically actuated modules
feature an innovative seal cartridge assembly that
simplifies rebuilding, and ensures repeatable
performance. UM25 modules are compatible with
the Universal series nozzles, providing application
flexibility and reducing inventory requirements.
Modules are fully compatible with applicators
equipped with 200‐Series spray modules mounted
on 25 mm or greater centers.
 Single platform eliminates the need for
application‐specific designs and reduces spare parts
requirements, minimizing inventory costs.
 Seal cartridge simplifies rebuilding and provides
consistent module performance.
 Trouble‐free nozzle cleaning maximizes uptime.
 Patented single‐screw clamp mechanism allows
quick nozzle replacement, enabling fast
changeovers.
 Compatibility with the Nordson OptiStroke needle
stroke detection system reduces product waste and  Proven valve technology helps maximize productivity
confirms hot melt adhesive dispensing performance. by performing reliably in demanding applications.
NOTE: UM25 modules are compatible with all
25 mm Universal style nozzles and 22 mm Universal CF
nozzles.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Module width 25 mm
Nozzle compatibility All 25 mm Universal nozzles
Operating temperature 70-205 C (160-400 F)
Working hydraulic pressure 1.38-5.52 MPa (200-800 psi)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 8.96 MPa (1300 psi)
Maximum hydraulic flow 110 g/min @10,000 cps, 14g/m2 @ 300 m/min
Actuation air pressure 0.41 MPa (60 psi) recommended
Cycles (1) Up to 2500 cycles/minute
1. Maximum number of cycles depends on operating and control air pressure, as well as adhesive viscosities.

UM25 Modules & Rebuild Kits


Part Number Description
1048996 Standard module
1050434 Right angle design module
1063255 Universal Style blank module
1049909 Rebuild Kit, UM22/25, Minor
1049908 Rebuild Kit, UM22/25, Major

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-10 Non-Contact

Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection (contd)

Universal 50mm (UM50)


Nordson UM50 Universal modules represent an
economical choice for continuous coating
applications. These pneumatically actuated
modules feature an innovative seal cartridge
assembly that simplifies rebuilding, and ensures
repeatable performance. UM50 modules are
compatible with the Universal series nozzles,
providing application flexibility and reducing
inventory requirements. Modules are fully
compatible with applicators equipped with
200–Series spray modules mounted on 50 mm or
greater centers.
Single platform eliminates the need for
application–specific designs and reduces spare
parts requirements, minimizing inventory costs.
Seal cartridge simplifies rebuilding and provides
consistent module performance.
Trouble–free nozzle cleaning maximizes uptime.
Patented single–screw per nozzle clamp
mechanism allows quick nozzle replacement,
enabling fast changeovers.
Proven valve technology helps maximize
productivity by performing reliably in demanding
applications.
NOTE: UM50 modules are compatible with all
25 mm Universal style nozzles and 22 mm Universal CF
nozzles.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Module width 50 mm
Nozzle compatibility All 25 mm Universal nozzles
Operating temperature 70-205 C (160-400 F)
Working hydraulic pressure 1.38-5.52 MPa (200-800 psi)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 8.96 MPa (1300 psi)
Maximum hydraulic flow 110 g/min @10,000 cps, 7g/m2 @ 300 m/min
Actuation air pressure 0.41 MPa (60 psi) recommended
Cycles (1) Up to 2500 cycles/minute
1. Maximum number of cycles depends on operating and control air pressure, as well as adhesive viscosities.

UM50 Modules & Rebuild Kits


Part Number Description
1059601 Standard module
1063255 Universal style blank module
1049909 Rebuild Kit,UM22/25,Minor
1049908 Rebuild Kit,UM22/25,Major

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-11

Non‐Contact Adhesive Module Selection (contd)

High Speed Universal (UMSC)


Nordson 25mm Universal SpeedCoat Modules are
pneumatically actuated, rebuildable and feature
snuff‐back operation, enhancing pattern control at
the leading and trailing edges. Universal
SpeedCoat modules are compatible with the
Universal series nozzles, thereby offering
application flexibility and reducing inventory
requirements.
 Optimized snuff‐back control module supports
increased line speeds and delivers precise adhesive
cutoff, minimizing contamination between patterns.
 State of the art speed and long life meets demanding
production requirements.
 Reliable, pneumatically actuated design.
 Includes and easily serviced close‐coupled
24 VDC solenoid valve.
 Patented single‐screw clamp mechanism allows
quick nozzle replacement, enabling fast
changeovers.
 Compatibility with Nordson Optistroke needle
stroke detection system reduces product waste and
confirms hot melt adhesive dispensing performance. NOTE: UMSC Modules are Compatible with all 25mm
Universal Style Nozzles and 22mm Universal CF
 Proven valve technology helps maximize productivity Nozzles.
by performing reliably in the most demanding
applications.

Specifications
Parameter Specification
Module width 25 mm
Nozzle compatibility All 25 mm Universal nozzles
Operating temperature 70-205 C (160-400 F)
Working hydraulic pressure 1.38-5.52 MPa (200-800 psi)
Maximum hydraulic pressure 8.96 MPa (1300 psi)
Maximum hydraulic flow 110 g/min @10,000 cps, 14g/m2 @ 300 m/min
Actuation air pressure 5-6 bar (72-87 psi)
Cycles(1) Up to 9000 cycles/min
Control voltage 24 VDC
1. Maximum number of cycles depends on operating and control air pressure, as well as adhesive viscosities.

UMSC Modules
Part Number Description
1050550 UMSC module, complete with spray adapter
1049216 Spray adapter kit
7103660 Control module only

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-12 Non-Contact

Spray Nozzles

Controlled Fiberization Nozzles


Nordson Controlled Fiberization (CF) nozzles
deliver consistent, accurate adhesive patterns for a
wide variety of hot melt adhesive spray applications.
CF nozzles utilize a series of radially tangential air
jets to oscillate a single adhesive fiber, producing
patterns ranging from dense, high strength bonds to
open patterns for high permeability. Traditional CF
nozzles are available in two different styles: disk
and Unibody. These nozzles are compatible with
the CF200 series modules.

Standard Frequency (6‐hole) Bronze CF Disk Nozzles


Part Number Orifice Diameter mm (in.) Pattern
860548 Standard
.30 (.012)
1047071 Wide
758432 Narrow
860226 .46 (.018) Standard
1047073 Wide
860435 Standard
.51 (.020)
1047074 Wide
100728 .64 (.025) Standard
810381 Standard
.76 (.030)
1047074 Wide

Disk Nozzle Accessories


Part Number Description
754766 Torque limiting wrench, 2.26 Nm (20 in.‐lb)
119202 Nozzle retaining nut
901915 Nozzle cleaning kit, pin vise with probes

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-13

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Unibody (6‐hole) CF Spray Nozzles


These nozzles are compatible with CF‐200 module and Universal style modules with use of an adapter.
Part Number Orifice Diameter mm (in.) Pattern
756952 Narrow
152168 .30 (.012) Standard
1046126 Wide
1047032 Narrow
152171 .46 (.018) Standard
1046150 Wide
1047033 Narrow
152172 .51 (.020) Standard
1046151 Wide
1047034 Narrow
156698 .64 (.025) Standard
1046152 Wide
1060556 Narrow
152173 .76 (.030) Standard
1046156 Wide
1020638 CF nozzle adapter, Universal modules

Unibody Standard Frequency (6‐hole) Color Coded Steel Spray Nozzles


These nozzles are compatible with CF‐200 modules and Universal style modules with use of an adapter.
Part Number Orifice Diameter mm (in.) Pattern Color Code
753488 .30 (.012) Standard Brown
753489 .36 (.014) Standard Gray
753491 .41 (.016) Standard Green
753492 Standard Blue
.46 (.018)
1046158 Wide Yellow
753493 Standard Red
.51 (.020)
754963 Wide Orange
753494 .64 (.025) Standard Pink
753495 Standard Black
.76 (.030)
1046160 Wide Purple
753496 1.02 (.040) Standard Maroon
1020638 CF nozzle adapter, Universal modules

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-14 Non-Contact

Spray Nozzles (contd)

High Frequency (12‐hole) Bronze CF Unibody Nozzles


These nozzles are compatible with CF‐200 module and Universal style modules with use of an adapter.
Part Number Orifice Diameter mm (in.) Pattern
755957 Standard
.30 (.012)
1046125 Wide
756306 .36 (.014) Standard
756307 .41 (.016) Standard
755530 Standard
.46 (.018)
1046128 Wide
756308 .51 (.020) Standard
756309 .64 (.025) Standard
756115 Standard
.76 (.030)
1046154 Wide
1020638 CF nozzle adapter, Universal modules

Unibody Nozzle Accessories


Part Number Description
940031 Nozzle O‐ring seal
133665 Nozzle O‐ring seal. 10 pack with insertion tools
133664 Nozzle O‐ring seal. 25 pack with insertion tools
133663 Nozzle O‐ring seal. 100 pack with insertion tools
754767 Torque limiting wrench, .57 Nm (5 in.‐lb)
901915 Nozzle cleaning kit, pin vise with probes

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-15

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Universal Controlled Fiberization Nozzles


Nordson Universal Controlled Fiberization (CF)
nozzles deliver consistent, accurate adhesive
patterns for a wide variety of hot melt adhesive
spray applications. Universal CF nozzles utilize a
series of twelve radially tangential air jets to oscillate
a single adhesive fiber, producing high frequency
patterns ranging from dense, high strength bonds to
open patterns for high permeability. Universal CF
nozzles feature a resilient seal for positive sealing
and a recessed conical tip to reduce the likelihood
of damage. These nozzles are compatible with
Universal series modules.

High Frequency (12‐hole) Coated Brass Universal Style CF Spray Nozzles


These nozzles are compatible with Universal style modules. No adapter is required.
Part Number Orifice Diameter mm (in.) Pattern
1053960 .30 (.012) Standard
1053964 .30 (.012) Wide
1053961 .41 (.016) Standard
1053966 .41 (.016) Wide
1054730 .46 (.018) Standard
1054731 .46 (.018) Wide
1049565 .51 (.020) Standard
1052500 .51 (.020) Wide
1053962 .64 (.025) Standard
1053967 .64 (.025) Wide
1053963 .76 (.030) Standard
1053968 .76 (.030) Wide
1019706 O‐ring seal for universal CF nozzles
1020638 CF nozzle adapter, Universal modules

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-16 Non-Contact

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Summit Nozzles
Nordson Summit nozzles deliver superior control of
fiber size, density and pattern width for numerous
product assembly applications. This innovative
design uses four radically tangential air jets to
oscillate single adhesive fibers, producing a
crossing pattern that enhances bonding
performance. Controlled adhesive fiber deposition
provides greater application uniformity and
enhanced product quality. These nozzles are
available in versions compatible with UM22 and
UM25 modules. Universal Summit nozzles are
reversible and may be oriented for either right‐hand
or left‐hand coverage.

22mm Universal Summit Coated Brass Spray Nozzles


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1047423 1/ L/R Orientation (~5.5 mm [0.22 in.] width coverage)
4
1 1/ Centered
1047409 4
1047424 1/ L/R Orientation (~11 mm [0.44 in.] width coverage)
2
2 1/ Centered
1047420 2
1047425 3/ L/R Orientation (~16.5 mm [0.66 in.] width coverage)
4
3 3/ Centered
1047421 4
1047426 4 Full coverage (~22 mm [0.88 in.] width coverage)
1043328 O‐ring seal for 22mm Universal Summit nozzles

25mm Universal Summit Coated Brass Spray Nozzles


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1035875 1/ L/R Orientation (~6.35 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
1 1/ Centered (~6.35 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
1035876 4 4
1035879 1/ L/R Orientation (~12.7 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
2 2
2 1/ Centered (~12.7 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
1035880 2 2
1035629 3/ L/R Orientation (~19 mm [3/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
3 3/ Centered (~19 mm [3/ in.] width coverage)
1035883 4 4
1035886 4 Full coverage (~25mm [1 in.] width coverage)
1022028 O‐ring seal for 25mm Universal Summit nozzles

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-17

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Signature Nozzles - Continuous


Nordson Signature nozzles deliver superior pattern
control and process robustness for diverse product
assembly applications. This all steel design uses
process air to oscillate adhesive fibers, producing a
dense random pattern ideally suited to numerous
continuous web coating and product assembly
applications. Patterns are exceptionally uniform
and edge control is good. These nozzles are
available in versions compatible with UM22 and
UM25 modules. Universal Signature nozzles are
reversible and may be oriented for either right–hand
or left‐hand coverage. Consider low flow nozzles
when flow rate per full coverage nozzle is less than
10 grams/min.

22mm Universal Signature Steel Spray - Continuous- Standard Flow


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1074327 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~5.5 mm [0.22 in.] width coverage)
4
1074326 5 1/ L/R Orientation (~11 mm [0.44 in.] width coverage)
2
1074325 8 3/ L/R Orientation (~16.5 mm [.66 in.] width coverage)
4
1074324 10 Full coverage (~22 mm [0.88 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 22mm Universal Signature nozzles

22mm Universal Signature Steel Spray - Continuous- Low Flow


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1095243 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~5.5 mm [0.22 in.] width coverage)
4
1095244 5 1/ L/R Orientation (~11 mm [0.44 in.] width coverage)
2
1095245 8 3/ L/R Orientation (~16.5 mm [.66 in.] width coverage)
4
1095246 10 Full coverage (~22 mm [0.88 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 22mm Universal Signature nozzles

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-18 Non-Contact

Spray Nozzles (contd)

25mm Universal Signature Steel Spray Nozzles - Continuous- Standard Flow


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1072293 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~6.35 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
1072292 6 1/ L/R Orientation (~12.7 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
2 2
1072291 9 3/ L/R Orientation (~19 mm [3/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
1072290 12 Full coverage (~25 mm [1 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 25mm Universal Signature nozzles

25mm Universal Signature Steel Spray Nozzles - Continuous- Low Flow


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1095229 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~6.35 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
1095240 6 1/ L/R Orientation (~12.7 mm [1/ in.] width coverage)
2 2
1095241 9 3/ L/R Orientation (~19 mm [3/ in.] width coverage)
4 4
1095242 12 Full coverage (~25 mm [1 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 25mm Universal Signature nozzles

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-19

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Signature Laminating Nozzles -


Intermittent
Nordson Signature nozzles deliver superior pattern
control and process robustness for diverse product
assembly applications. This all steel design uses
process air to oscillate adhesive fibers, producing a
dense random pattern ideally suited to numerous
intermittent web coating and product assembly
applications. Patterns are exceptionally uniform
and edge control is good. These nozzles are
available in versions compatible with UM22 and
UM25 modules. Universal Signature nozzles are
reversible and may be oriented for either right‐hand
or left‐hand coverage.

22mm Universal Signature Laminating Nozzles - Intermittent


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1092280 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~5.5 mm [0.22 in.] width coverage)
4
1092281 5 1/ L/R Orientation (~11 mm [0.44 in.] width coverage)
2
1092282 8 3/ L/R Orientation (~16.5 mm [.66 in.] width coverage)
4
1092283 10 Full coverage (~22 mm [0.88 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 22mm Universal Signature nozzles

25mm Universal Signature Laminating Nozzles - Intermittent


Part Number No. of Orifices Pattern
1088481 3 1/ L/R Orientation (~6.35 mm [1/4 in.] width coverage)
4
1088480 6 1/ L/R Orientation (~12.7 mm [1/2 in.] width coverage)
2
1088479 9 3/ L/R Orientation (~19 mm [3/4 in.] width coverage)
4
1088478 12 Full coverage (~25 mm [1 in] width coverage)
254146 Quad‐ring seal for 25mm Universal Signature nozzles

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-20 Non-Contact

Spray Nozzles (contd)

Sure Wrap Nozzles


SureWrap nozzles accurately apply hot melt
adhesive filaments to form discrete adhesive
masses (discrete bond points) on the elastic strands
used for elasticized legs, leg cuffs, and waistbands
on baby diapers, training pants, and adult
incontinence products. The patented SureWrap
nozzle uses an integral­strand guide to stabilize the
elastic strand and an angular spray trajectory to
maintain performance at high production speeds.
Four air openings associated with each adhesive
opening dispense four radially tangential air
streams, causing the adhesive filament to move in a
spiral pattern. The spiraling adhesive filament wraps
around each strand, forming discrete adhesive
masses with no useful adhesive on the strand
between adjacent discrete adhesive masses. These SureWrap nozzles may be made to order for
discrete adhesive masses optimize adhesive specific elastic configuration requirements. Nozzles
bonding, minimize adhesive usage, and result in are available in standard nickel plated brass
uniform elastic retractive forces. For a more detailed construction with steel inserts to resist wear or all
explanation of the recommended use of SureWrap steel versions and are compatible with Universal
nozzles, refer to Manual Part Number 1103674. series modules.

22mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated 22mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated
Brass Spray Nozzles for Thin Elastic Steel Spray Nozzles for Thin Elastic
Part No. Of Part No. Of
Spacing mm (in.) Spacing mm (in.)
Number Orifices Number Orifices
1092336 1 N/A 1094438 1 N/A
1092402 3 (.12) 1098940 3 (.12)
1092349 2 4 (.16) 1094437 2 4 (.16)
1092339 5 (.20) 1094436 5 (.20)
1092344 3 (.12) 1098943 3 (.12)
1092405 3 4 (.16) 1060251 3 4 (.16)
1092341 5 (.20) 1094435 5 (.20)
1092403 3 (.12) 1060435 3 (.12)
1092406 4 4 (.16) 1060252 4 4 (.16)
1092401 5 (.20) 1088841 5 (.20)
1043328 O‐ring seal for 22mm Universal 1043328 O‐ring seal for 22mm Universal
Sure Wrap nozzles Sure Wrap nozzles

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Non-Contact 7-21

Spray Nozzles (contd)

25mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated 25mm Universal Sure Wrap Coated
Brass Spray Nozzles for Thin Elastic Steel Spray Nozzles for Thin Elastic
Part No. Of Spacing mm (in.) Part No. Of Spacing mm (in.)
Number Orifices Number Orifices
1092330 1 N/A 1085563 1 N/A
1092337 3 (.12) 1060603 3 (.12)
1090528 2 4 (.16) 1060604 2 4 (.16)
1092308 5 (.20) 1069921 5 (.20)
1092348 3 (.12) 1054753 3 (.12)
1090529 3 4 (.16) 1069920 3 4 (.16)
1092309 5 (.20) 1090368 5 (.20)
1092400 3 (.12) 1080828 3 (.12)
1092345 4 4 (.16) 1054752 4 4 (.16)
1092404 5 (.20) 1077926 5 (.20)
1022028 O‐ring seal for 25mm Universal 1022028 O‐ring seal for 22mm Universal
Sure Wrap nozzles Sure Wrap nozzles

Universal Spray Nozzles Comparison Chart


Continuous Intermittent
Summit Control Coat SureWrap
Nozzle CF Nozzles Signature Signature
Nozzles Nozzles Nozzles
Nozzles Nozzles
High‐speed
High‐ High‐ High‐speed, High‐speed, Elastic
Strengths/Application intermittent
strength strength continuous intermittent attach‐
Requirements uniform
bonding coating coating coating ment
coating

Intermittent Capability   N/A   


Bond Strength      
Robust/Operating
Range      
Edge Control      N/A

Pattern Uniformity      


Line Speed      
Initial Investment      

 Best
 Better
 Good
N/A Not applicable or not intended to provide this capability

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


7-22 Non-Contact

Process Air Control Kits

Process air control kits are common to all non‐contact application systems.

Air Control Kits and Accessories


Part Number Description Comment
1056192 Process air control kit, 4-20 mA
1056193 Process air control kit, 0-10 VDC 0-1 bar (0-15 psi) range
1056194 Transducer, air control, I/P, 4-20 mA
1056195 Transducer, air control, E/P, 0-10 VDC
1036518 Process air control kit, 4-20 mA
1036520 Process air control kit, 0-10 VDC 0-3.5 bar (0.50 psi) range
1044432 Transducer, air control, I/P, 4-20 mA
1059047 Transducer, air control, E/P, 0-10 VDC
1058993 Cable, transducer, air control, 30 m (98 ft)
1059041 Cable, transducer, air control 20 m (65.5 ft) Line reference (input) signal
cables
1059045 Cable, transducer, air control 10 m (33 ft)
1059046 Cable, transducer, air control 30 m (98 ft), bare end

NOTE: Line reference cables are not included in the kits and must be purchased separately.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Handguns 8-1

Series AD‐41 Handguns

Description
Versatile AD‐41 Handguns adapt to production
requirements with easy pattern conversions from
extrusion to swirl or wide‐pattern spray. A range of
designs offers choice of dispensing orientations for
ergonomic function and pinpoint bead placement,
including bottom‐feed, top‐feed, and down‐apply
positioning.
 Exposed hydraulic fitting and quick‐disconnect
electrical cordset speed installation and servicing.
Pre‐assembled handguns do not require wiring or
assembly to install.
 Pattern adapters and a wide variety of nozzle styles
and sizes provide easy pattern conversions for
application‐specific performance. Bottom-Feed AD-41 with Extended
Extrusion Nozzle
 Bottom‐feed, top‐feed and down‐apply configurations
provide diverse product assembly and sealing
applications options.
 360 swivel action gives a wide range of motion
without hose twisting, improving maneuverability and
reducing hose stress.
 Optional air control kit permits on‐off control of air
flow via the trigger switch, allowing simultaneous
control of both air and adhesive flow for defined swirl
or spray pattern control and repeatability.
 AD‐41 LBS model incorporates a large ball‐and‐seat
and larger flow paths for high‐viscosity, filled
materials and high‐flow applications.
 Ergonomic design features include balanced
handgrip and smooth pivot action to minimize
operator fatigue and provide accuracy at any angle.
 An ever‐cool handle provides comfortable operation
and reduces burn risks by containing heated
Top-Feed AD-41 Handgun
components and flow paths within the handgun body,
with Swirl Components
not the handle.
 Convenient thumb safety switch locks the trigger to
help prevent accidental dispensing.
 Impact‐resistant shell and durable hose connectors,  RTD temperature control maintains temperature
nozzle adapters and internal components extend stability to provide consistent adhesive viscosity and
service life. reduce temperature fluctuations that negatively affect
flow and cause char formation.
 Operating temperatures range from 55-230 C
(130-450 F) to use with a variety of adhesive
formulations and substrate properties.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


8-2 Handguns

Series AD‐41 Handguns (contd)

AD‐41 Handgun Specifications


Parameter Specification
Operating temperature range 55-230 C (130-450 F)
Working hydraulic pressure MPa (psi) 10.34 (1,500) maximum
Air pressure(1) MPa (psi)
Swirl 0-0.10 (0-15)
Wide pattern spray 0.03-0.55 (5-80)

Air consumption(2)
Swirl 1.2 scfm maximum
Wide‐pattern spray 2.5 scfm maximum
Extrusion nozzle orifice diameters(3) mm (in.)
Standard 0.51, 0.76, 1.02, 1.27, 1.52, 2.29
(0.020, 0.030, 0.040, 0.050, 0.060, 0.090)
Extended 1.07, 1.55, 2.29, 3.30 (0.042, 0.061, 0.090, 0.130)
Extended for AD‐41 LBS 1.57, 2.36, 3.18, 3.96 (0.062, 0.093, 0.125, 0.156)
Swirl 0.64, 0.76, 1.17 (0.025, 0.030, 0.046)
Spray pattern width mm (in.)
Swirl(3) 6-38 (0.25-1.5)
Wide‐pattern spray(4) 38-152 (1.5-6.0)
Electrical service 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Meltercompatibility
240 VAC PA‐2510, Series 3000V, 3000 and 2300, DuraBlue
120 VAC(5) PA‐2510, DuraBlue
Hose compatibility
240 VAC AD‐41 240V hoses
120 VAC AD‐41 120V hoses
Weight kg (lb) 0.64 (1.4)
1. Recommended range. 4. Pattern adapter for wide pattern spray is complete. It
does not require a separate nozzle purchase.
2. Includes operating and spray air requirements for
AD‐41 handguns with swirl or spray pattern adapters. 5. 120V Melters require 30 amps. Consult a Nordson
representative to ensure that the system
3. Order and purchase nozzles separately. configuration does not exceed the available wattage.

Part 1120187_01 2012 Adhesives and Sealants Guide


Handguns 8-3

Series AD‐41 Handguns (contd)

AD‐41 Selection Chart


Part
AD‐41 Handgun Voltage Wattage Hose dia. Compatible Melters
Number
Bottom‐feed SBS(1) 306957 3000V, 3000, 2300,
240 5000(4)(5)(6), BM20(6),
Top‐feed SBS(1) 306988 DuraBlue
Bottom‐feed SBS(1)(2) 306963
120 100 DuraBlue
Top‐feed SBS(1)(2) 306990
5/
16
Top‐feed LBS(3) 332280 3000V, 3000, 2300,
240 5000(4)(5)(6), BM20(6),
Bottom‐feed LBS(3) 330750 DuraBlue
Bottom‐feed SBS HMT(1) 725817 120 80 HMT
Bottom‐feed SBS(1) 1031712 200 100 DuraBlue

1. Standard Ball‐And‐Seat (SBS) design. 4. SBS handgun and swirl adapters (306983 or 306984)
must be used for swirl patterns.
2. Consult a Nordson representative to ensure that
system configuration does not exceed available 5. Pattern adapters only work with SBS handguns.
wattage.
6. BM melters require use of BM hose (725634
3. Large Ball‐and‐Seat (LBS) configuration. or 725911).

Part 1120187_01